| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1 | //===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===// | 
 | 2 | // | 
 | 3 | //                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure | 
 | 4 | // | 
| Chris Lattner | 0bc735f | 2007-12-29 19:59:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5 | // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source | 
 | 6 | // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 7 | // | 
 | 8 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | 
 | 9 | // | 
 | 10 | //  This file implements semantic analysis for declarations. | 
 | 11 | // | 
 | 12 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | 
 | 13 |  | 
 | 14 | #include "Sema.h" | 
| Anders Carlsson | d7ba27d | 2009-05-14 01:09:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 15 | #include "SemaInherit.h" | 
| Anders Carlsson | c44eec6 | 2008-07-03 04:20:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 16 | #include "clang/AST/APValue.h" | 
| Chris Lattner | e1e7985 | 2008-02-06 00:51:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 17 | #include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h" | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 18 | #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" | 
| Mike Stump | b1682c5 | 2009-07-22 23:56:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 19 | #include "clang/Analysis/CFG.h" | 
| Daniel Dunbar | c4a1dea | 2008-08-11 05:35:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 20 | #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" | 
| Douglas Gregor | aaba5e3 | 2009-02-04 19:02:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 21 | #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" | 
| Chris Lattner | 6b6b537 | 2008-06-26 18:38:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 22 | #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" | 
| Sebastian Redl | d3a413d | 2009-04-26 20:35:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 23 | #include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h" | 
| Mike Stump | 10e975c | 2009-07-23 00:20:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 24 | #include "clang/AST/StmtObjC.h" | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 25 | #include "clang/Parse/DeclSpec.h" | 
| Anders Carlsson | b790661 | 2009-08-26 23:45:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 26 | #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" | 
| Steve Naroff | 4c49a6c | 2008-01-30 23:46:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 27 | #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" | 
| Anders Carlsson | b790661 | 2009-08-26 23:45:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 28 | #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" | 
| Steve Naroff | 4c49a6c | 2008-01-30 23:46:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 29 | // FIXME: layering (ideally, Sema shouldn't be dependent on Lex API's) | 
| Chris Lattner | e1e7985 | 2008-02-06 00:51:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 30 | #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" | 
| Steve Naroff | 4c49a6c | 2008-01-30 23:46:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 31 | #include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h"  | 
| Daniel Dunbar | 1f15e76 | 2009-07-23 05:01:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 32 | #include "llvm/ADT/BitVector.h" | 
| Douglas Gregor | e267ff3 | 2008-12-11 20:41:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 33 | #include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h" | 
| Douglas Gregor | 6ed40e3 | 2008-12-23 21:05:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 34 | #include <algorithm> | 
 | 35 | #include <functional> | 
| Mike Stump | b1682c5 | 2009-07-22 23:56:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 36 | #include <queue> | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 37 | using namespace clang; | 
 | 38 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 21ff9c9 | 2009-03-05 01:25:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 39 | /// getDeclName - Return a pretty name for the specified decl if possible, or | 
 | 40 | /// an empty string if not.  This is used for pretty crash reporting.  | 
| Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 41 | std::string Sema::getDeclName(DeclPtrTy d) { | 
 | 42 |   Decl *D = d.getAs<Decl>(); | 
| Chris Lattner | 21ff9c9 | 2009-03-05 01:25:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 43 |   if (NamedDecl *DN = dyn_cast_or_null<NamedDecl>(D)) | 
 | 44 |     return DN->getQualifiedNameAsString(); | 
 | 45 |   return ""; | 
 | 46 | } | 
 | 47 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 682bf92 | 2009-03-29 16:50:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 48 | Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(DeclPtrTy Ptr) { | 
 | 49 |   return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr.getAs<Decl>())); | 
 | 50 | } | 
 | 51 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | d6efafa | 2009-02-04 19:16:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 52 | /// \brief If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope, | 
 | 53 | /// return the declaration of that type. | 
 | 54 | /// | 
 | 55 | /// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II | 
 | 56 | /// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to | 
| Douglas Gregor | 1a51b4a | 2009-02-09 15:09:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 57 | /// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an | 
 | 58 | /// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that | 
 | 59 | /// type. Otherwise, returns NULL. | 
| Douglas Gregor | d6efafa | 2009-02-04 19:16:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 60 | /// | 
 | 61 | /// If name lookup results in an ambiguity, this routine will complain | 
 | 62 | /// and then return NULL. | 
| Douglas Gregor | 1a51b4a | 2009-02-09 15:09:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 63 | Sema::TypeTy *Sema::getTypeName(IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, | 
| Douglas Gregor | 42c39f3 | 2009-08-26 18:27:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 64 |                                 Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec *SS, | 
 | 65 |                                 bool isClassName) { | 
| Douglas Gregor | 5953d8b | 2009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 66 |   // C++ [temp.res]p3: | 
 | 67 |   //   A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the | 
 | 68 |   //   nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2) | 
 | 69 |   //   shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the | 
 | 70 |   //   qualified-id denotes a type, forming an | 
 | 71 |   //   elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3). | 
 | 72 |   // | 
| Douglas Gregor | 42af25f | 2009-05-11 19:58:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 73 |   // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would | 
 | 74 |   // refer to a member of an unknown specialization. | 
| Douglas Gregor | 42c39f3 | 2009-08-26 18:27:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 75 |   if (SS && isUnknownSpecialization(*SS)) { | 
 | 76 |     if (!isClassName) | 
 | 77 |       return 0; | 
 | 78 |      | 
 | 79 |     // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type, so build a  | 
 | 80 |     // TypenameType node to describe the type. | 
 | 81 |     // FIXME: Record somewhere that this TypenameType node has no "typename" | 
 | 82 |     // keyword associated with it. | 
 | 83 |     return CheckTypenameType((NestedNameSpecifier *)SS->getScopeRep(), | 
 | 84 |                              II, SS->getRange()).getAsOpaquePtr(); | 
 | 85 |   } | 
| Douglas Gregor | 495c35d | 2009-08-25 22:51:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 86 |    | 
| Douglas Gregor | 42af25f | 2009-05-11 19:58:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 87 |   LookupResult Result  | 
 | 88 |     = LookupParsedName(S, SS, &II, LookupOrdinaryName, false, false); | 
 | 89 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 22bd905 | 2009-02-16 22:07:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 90 |   NamedDecl *IIDecl = 0; | 
| Douglas Gregor | 7176fff | 2009-01-15 00:26:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 91 |   switch (Result.getKind()) { | 
| Chris Lattner | 22bd905 | 2009-02-16 22:07:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 92 |   case LookupResult::NotFound: | 
 | 93 |   case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: | 
 | 94 |     return 0; | 
| Douglas Gregor | b696ea3 | 2009-02-04 17:00:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 95 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 22bd905 | 2009-02-16 22:07:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 96 |   case LookupResult::AmbiguousBaseSubobjectTypes: | 
 | 97 |   case LookupResult::AmbiguousBaseSubobjects: | 
| Douglas Gregor | 31a19b6 | 2009-04-01 21:51:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 98 |   case LookupResult::AmbiguousReference: { | 
 | 99 |     // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results. | 
 | 100 |     for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end(); | 
 | 101 |          Res != ResEnd; ++Res) { | 
 | 102 |       if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res)) { | 
| Douglas Gregor | 841b53c | 2009-04-13 15:14:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 103 |         if (!IIDecl ||  | 
 | 104 |             (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() <  | 
 | 105 |               IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding()) | 
 | 106 |           IIDecl = *Res; | 
| Douglas Gregor | 31a19b6 | 2009-04-01 21:51:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 107 |       } | 
 | 108 |     } | 
 | 109 |  | 
 | 110 |     if (!IIDecl) { | 
 | 111 |       // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way | 
 | 112 |       // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't | 
 | 113 |       // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to | 
 | 114 |       // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which | 
 | 115 |       // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected | 
 | 116 |       // a type name. | 
 | 117 |       Result.Destroy(); | 
 | 118 |       return 0; | 
 | 119 |     } | 
 | 120 |  | 
 | 121 |     // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the | 
 | 122 |     // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right | 
 | 123 |     // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to | 
 | 124 |     // perform the name lookup again. | 
| Chris Lattner | 22bd905 | 2009-02-16 22:07:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 125 |     DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(Result, DeclarationName(&II), NameLoc); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 31a19b6 | 2009-04-01 21:51:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 126 |     break; | 
 | 127 |   } | 
| Douglas Gregor | b696ea3 | 2009-02-04 17:00:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 128 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 22bd905 | 2009-02-16 22:07:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 129 |   case LookupResult::Found: | 
 | 130 |     IIDecl = Result.getAsDecl(); | 
 | 131 |     break; | 
| Douglas Gregor | 7176fff | 2009-01-15 00:26:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 132 |   } | 
 | 133 |  | 
| Steve Naroff | a518903 | 2009-01-29 18:09:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 134 |   if (IIDecl) { | 
| Douglas Gregor | e4e5b05 | 2009-03-19 00:18:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 135 |     QualType T; | 
 | 136 |    | 
| Chris Lattner | 22bd905 | 2009-02-16 22:07:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 137 |     if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) { | 
| Douglas Gregor | 48f3bb9 | 2009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 138 |       // Check whether we can use this type | 
 | 139 |       (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 7da97d0 | 2009-05-10 22:57:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 140 |    | 
 | 141 |       if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { | 
 | 142 |         // C++ [temp.local]p2: | 
 | 143 |         //   Within the scope of a class template specialization or | 
 | 144 |         //   partial specialization, when the injected-class-name is | 
 | 145 |         //   not followed by a <, it is equivalent to the | 
 | 146 |         //   injected-class-name followed by the template-argument s | 
 | 147 |         //   of the class template specialization or partial | 
 | 148 |         //   specialization enclosed in <>. | 
 | 149 |         if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TD)) | 
 | 150 |           if (RD->isInjectedClassName()) | 
 | 151 |             if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = RD->getDescribedClassTemplate()) | 
 | 152 |               T = Template->getInjectedClassNameType(Context); | 
 | 153 |       } | 
 | 154 |  | 
 | 155 |       if (T.isNull()) | 
 | 156 |         T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD); | 
| Douglas Gregor | e4e5b05 | 2009-03-19 00:18:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 157 |     } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) { | 
| Douglas Gregor | 48f3bb9 | 2009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 158 |       // Check whether we can use this interface. | 
 | 159 |       (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc); | 
| Chris Lattner | 22bd905 | 2009-02-16 22:07:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 160 |        | 
| Douglas Gregor | e4e5b05 | 2009-03-19 00:18:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 161 |       T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl); | 
 | 162 |     } else | 
 | 163 |       return 0; | 
 | 164 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | e625893 | 2009-03-19 00:39:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 165 |     if (SS) | 
 | 166 |       T = getQualifiedNameType(*SS, T); | 
| Chris Lattner | 22bd905 | 2009-02-16 22:07:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 167 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | e4e5b05 | 2009-03-19 00:18:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 168 |     return T.getAsOpaquePtr(); | 
| Steve Naroff | a518903 | 2009-01-29 18:09:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 169 |   } | 
| Douglas Gregor | e4e5b05 | 2009-03-19 00:18:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 170 |  | 
| Steve Naroff | 3536b44 | 2007-09-06 21:24:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 171 |   return 0; | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 172 | } | 
 | 173 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 4c97d76 | 2009-04-12 21:49:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 174 | /// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only* | 
 | 175 | /// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo").  If | 
 | 176 | /// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum, | 
 | 177 | /// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_class).  This is used to diagnose cases in C | 
 | 178 | /// where the user forgot to specify the tag. | 
 | 179 | DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { | 
 | 180 |   // Do a tag name lookup in this scope. | 
 | 181 |   LookupResult R = LookupName(S, &II, LookupTagName, false, false); | 
 | 182 |   if (R.getKind() == LookupResult::Found) | 
 | 183 |     if (const TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(R.getAsDecl())) { | 
 | 184 |       switch (TD->getTagKind()) { | 
 | 185 |       case TagDecl::TK_struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct; | 
 | 186 |       case TagDecl::TK_union:  return DeclSpec::TST_union; | 
 | 187 |       case TagDecl::TK_class:  return DeclSpec::TST_class; | 
 | 188 |       case TagDecl::TK_enum:   return DeclSpec::TST_enum; | 
 | 189 |       } | 
 | 190 |     } | 
 | 191 |    | 
 | 192 |   return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified; | 
 | 193 | } | 
 | 194 |  | 
 | 195 |  | 
| John McCall | 88232aa | 2009-08-18 00:00:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 196 | // Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a | 
 | 197 | // context.  This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the | 
 | 198 | // exact ordering of callbacks from the parser. | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | ef6e647 | 2008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 199 | DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) { | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | ef6e647 | 2008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 200 |  | 
| John McCall | 88232aa | 2009-08-18 00:00:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 201 |   // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've | 
 | 202 |   // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is | 
 | 203 |   // the context we'll need to return to. | 
 | 204 |   if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC)) { | 
 | 205 |     DC = DC->getLexicalParent(); | 
 | 206 |  | 
 | 207 |     // A function not defined within a class will always return to its | 
 | 208 |     // lexical context. | 
 | 209 |     if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) | 
 | 210 |       return DC; | 
 | 211 |  | 
 | 212 |     // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class | 
 | 213 |     // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete");  the topmost | 
 | 214 |     // class is the context we need to return to. | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 77407b8 | 2008-11-19 18:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 215 |     while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent())) | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 0795232 | 2008-07-01 10:37:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 216 |       DC = RD; | 
 | 217 |  | 
 | 218 |     // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is | 
 | 219 |     // declared in. | 
 | 220 |     return DC; | 
 | 221 |   } | 
 | 222 |  | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 5239304 | 2008-11-09 23:41:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 223 |   if (isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(DC)) | 
 | 224 |     return Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); | 
 | 225 |  | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 77407b8 | 2008-11-19 18:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 226 |   return DC->getLexicalParent(); | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 0795232 | 2008-07-01 10:37:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 227 | } | 
 | 228 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 44b4321 | 2008-12-11 16:49:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 229 | void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | ef6e647 | 2008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 230 |   assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext && | 
| Zhongxing Xu | e50897a | 2008-12-08 07:14:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 231 |       "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); | 
| Chris Lattner | 9fdf9c6 | 2008-04-22 18:39:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 232 |   CurContext = DC; | 
| Douglas Gregor | 44b4321 | 2008-12-11 16:49:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 233 |   S->setEntity(DC); | 
| Chris Lattner | 0ed844b | 2008-04-04 06:12:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 234 | } | 
 | 235 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | b048c98 | 2008-04-06 04:47:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 236 | void Sema::PopDeclContext() { | 
 | 237 |   assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 44b4321 | 2008-12-11 16:49:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 238 |  | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | ef6e647 | 2008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 239 |   CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext); | 
| Chris Lattner | 0ed844b | 2008-04-04 06:12:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 240 | } | 
 | 241 |  | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 179fe1a | 2009-06-17 23:19:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 242 | /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context | 
 | 243 | /// of a declarator's nested name specifier. | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 1d17553 | 2009-06-17 23:15:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 244 | void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { | 
 | 245 |   assert(PreDeclaratorDC == 0 && "Previous declarator context not popped?"); | 
 | 246 |   PreDeclaratorDC = static_cast<DeclContext*>(S->getEntity()); | 
 | 247 |   CurContext = DC; | 
 | 248 |   assert(CurContext && "No context?"); | 
 | 249 |   S->setEntity(CurContext); | 
 | 250 | } | 
 | 251 |  | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 1d17553 | 2009-06-17 23:15:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 252 | void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) { | 
 | 253 |   S->setEntity(PreDeclaratorDC); | 
 | 254 |   PreDeclaratorDC = 0; | 
 | 255 |  | 
 | 256 |   // Reset CurContext to the nearest enclosing context. | 
 | 257 |   while (!S->getEntity() && S->getParent()) | 
 | 258 |     S = S->getParent(); | 
 | 259 |   CurContext = static_cast<DeclContext*>(S->getEntity()); | 
 | 260 |   assert(CurContext && "No context?"); | 
 | 261 | } | 
 | 262 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | f9201e0 | 2009-02-11 23:02:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 263 | /// \brief Determine whether we allow overloading of the function | 
 | 264 | /// PrevDecl with another declaration. | 
 | 265 | /// | 
 | 266 | /// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not | 
 | 267 | /// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return | 
 | 268 | /// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an | 
 | 269 | /// extension, in C when the previous function is already an | 
 | 270 | /// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable" | 
 | 271 | /// attribute. | 
 | 272 | static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Decl *PrevDecl, ASTContext &Context) { | 
 | 273 |   if (Context.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) | 
 | 274 |     return true; | 
 | 275 |  | 
 | 276 |   if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(PrevDecl)) | 
 | 277 |     return true; | 
 | 278 |  | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 40b598e | 2009-06-30 02:34:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 279 |   return PrevDecl->getAttr<OverloadableAttr>() != 0; | 
| Douglas Gregor | f9201e0 | 2009-02-11 23:02:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 280 | } | 
 | 281 |  | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 87f3ff0 | 2008-04-12 00:47:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 282 | /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. | 
| John McCall | ab88d97 | 2009-08-31 22:39:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 283 | void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) { | 
| Douglas Gregor | 074149e | 2009-01-05 19:45:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 284 |   // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing | 
 | 285 |   // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this | 
 | 286 |   // scope. | 
 | 287 |   while (S->getEntity() &&  | 
 | 288 |          ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext()) | 
 | 289 |     S = S->getParent(); | 
 | 290 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 291 |   S->AddDecl(DeclPtrTy::make(D)); | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 00bc645 | 2008-05-09 23:39:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 292 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 6ed40e3 | 2008-12-23 21:05:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 293 |   // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be | 
 | 294 |   // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted | 
 | 295 |   // into any context. | 
| John McCall | ab88d97 | 2009-08-31 22:39:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 296 |   if (AddToContext) | 
 | 297 |     CurContext->addDecl(D); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 6ed40e3 | 2008-12-23 21:05:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 298 |  | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 00bc645 | 2008-05-09 23:39:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 299 |   // C++ [basic.scope]p4: | 
 | 300 |   //   -- exactly one declaration shall declare a class name or | 
 | 301 |   //   enumeration name that is not a typedef name and the other | 
 | 302 |   //   declarations shall all refer to the same object or | 
 | 303 |   //   enumerator, or all refer to functions and function templates; | 
 | 304 |   //   in this case the class name or enumeration name is hidden. | 
 | 305 |   if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) { | 
 | 306 |     // We are pushing the name of a tag (enum or class). | 
| Douglas Gregor | e21b994 | 2009-01-07 16:34:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 307 |     if (CurContext->getLookupContext()  | 
 | 308 |           == TD->getDeclContext()->getLookupContext()) { | 
| Douglas Gregor | 44b4321 | 2008-12-11 16:49:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 309 |       // We're pushing the tag into the current context, which might | 
 | 310 |       // require some reshuffling in the identifier resolver. | 
 | 311 |       IdentifierResolver::iterator | 
| Douglas Gregor | 4c921ae | 2009-01-30 01:04:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 312 |         I = IdResolver.begin(TD->getDeclName()), | 
| Douglas Gregor | 6ed40e3 | 2008-12-23 21:05:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 313 |         IEnd = IdResolver.end(); | 
 | 314 |       if (I != IEnd && isDeclInScope(*I, CurContext, S)) { | 
 | 315 |         NamedDecl *PrevDecl = *I; | 
 | 316 |         for (; I != IEnd && isDeclInScope(*I, CurContext, S);  | 
 | 317 |              PrevDecl = *I, ++I) { | 
 | 318 |           if (TD->declarationReplaces(*I)) { | 
 | 319 |             // This is a redeclaration. Remove it from the chain and | 
 | 320 |             // break out, so that we'll add in the shadowed | 
 | 321 |             // declaration. | 
| Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 322 |             S->RemoveDecl(DeclPtrTy::make(*I)); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 6ed40e3 | 2008-12-23 21:05:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 323 |             if (PrevDecl == *I) { | 
 | 324 |               IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I); | 
 | 325 |               IdResolver.AddDecl(TD); | 
 | 326 |               return; | 
 | 327 |             } else { | 
 | 328 |               IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I); | 
 | 329 |               break; | 
 | 330 |             } | 
 | 331 |           } | 
 | 332 |         } | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 00bc645 | 2008-05-09 23:39:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 333 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 6ed40e3 | 2008-12-23 21:05:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 334 |         // There is already a declaration with the same name in the same | 
 | 335 |         // scope, which is not a tag declaration. It must be found | 
 | 336 |         // before we find the new declaration, so insert the new | 
 | 337 |         // declaration at the end of the chain. | 
 | 338 |         IdResolver.AddShadowedDecl(TD, PrevDecl); | 
 | 339 |          | 
 | 340 |         return; | 
| Douglas Gregor | 44b4321 | 2008-12-11 16:49:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 341 |       } | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 00bc645 | 2008-05-09 23:39:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 342 |     } | 
| Douglas Gregor | e53060f | 2009-06-25 22:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 343 |   } else if ((isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && | 
 | 344 |               AllowOverloadingOfFunction(D, Context)) || | 
 | 345 |              isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) { | 
 | 346 |     // We are pushing the name of a function or function template, | 
 | 347 |     // which might be an overloaded name. | 
| Douglas Gregor | 6ed40e3 | 2008-12-23 21:05:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 348 |     IdentifierResolver::iterator Redecl | 
| Douglas Gregor | e53060f | 2009-06-25 22:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 349 |       = std::find_if(IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()), | 
| Douglas Gregor | 6ed40e3 | 2008-12-23 21:05:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 350 |                      IdResolver.end(), | 
| Douglas Gregor | 4afa39d | 2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 351 |                      std::bind1st(std::mem_fun(&NamedDecl::declarationReplaces), | 
| Douglas Gregor | e53060f | 2009-06-25 22:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 352 |                                   D)); | 
| Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 353 |     if (Redecl != IdResolver.end() && | 
 | 354 |         S->isDeclScope(DeclPtrTy::make(*Redecl))) { | 
| Douglas Gregor | 6ed40e3 | 2008-12-23 21:05:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 355 |       // There is already a declaration of a function on our | 
 | 356 |       // IdResolver chain. Replace it with this declaration. | 
| Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 357 |       S->RemoveDecl(DeclPtrTy::make(*Redecl)); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 6ed40e3 | 2008-12-23 21:05:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 358 |       IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*Redecl); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 8e9bebd | 2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 359 |     } | 
| Douglas Gregor | 516ff43 | 2009-04-24 02:57:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 360 |   } else if (isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D)) { | 
 | 361 |     // We're pushing an Objective-C interface into the current | 
 | 362 |     // context. If there is already an alias declaration, remove it first. | 
 | 363 |     for (IdentifierResolver::iterator  | 
 | 364 |            I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()), IEnd = IdResolver.end(); | 
 | 365 |          I != IEnd; ++I) { | 
 | 366 |       if (isa<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(*I)) { | 
 | 367 |         S->RemoveDecl(DeclPtrTy::make(*I)); | 
 | 368 |         IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I); | 
 | 369 |         break; | 
 | 370 |       } | 
 | 371 |     } | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 00bc645 | 2008-05-09 23:39:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 372 |   } | 
| Douglas Gregor | 8e9bebd | 2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 373 |  | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 00bc645 | 2008-05-09 23:39:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 374 |   IdResolver.AddDecl(D); | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 87f3ff0 | 2008-04-12 00:47:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 375 | } | 
 | 376 |  | 
| Steve Naroff | b216c88 | 2007-10-09 22:01:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 377 | void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) { | 
| Chris Lattner | 31e0572 | 2007-08-26 06:24:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 378 |   if (S->decl_empty()) return; | 
| Douglas Gregor | 72c3f31 | 2008-12-05 18:15:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 379 |   assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) && | 
 | 380 | 	 "Scope shouldn't contain decls!"); | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 00bc645 | 2008-05-09 23:39:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 381 |  | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 382 |   for (Scope::decl_iterator I = S->decl_begin(), E = S->decl_end(); | 
 | 383 |        I != E; ++I) { | 
| Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 384 |     Decl *TmpD = (*I).getAs<Decl>(); | 
| Steve Naroff | c752d04 | 2007-09-13 18:10:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 385 |     assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??"); | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 7643536 | 2008-06-10 01:32:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 386 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 44b4321 | 2008-12-11 16:49:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 387 |     assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?"); | 
 | 388 |     NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD); | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 7643536 | 2008-06-10 01:32:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 389 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 44b4321 | 2008-12-11 16:49:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 390 |     if (!D->getDeclName()) continue; | 
| Chris Lattner | 7f925cc | 2008-04-11 07:00:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 391 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 44b4321 | 2008-12-11 16:49:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 392 |     // Remove this name from our lexical scope. | 
 | 393 |     IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D); | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 394 |   } | 
 | 395 | } | 
 | 396 |  | 
| Steve Naroff | e8043c3 | 2008-04-01 23:04:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 397 | /// getObjCInterfaceDecl - Look up a for a class declaration in the scope. | 
 | 398 | /// return 0 if one not found. | 
| Steve Naroff | e8043c3 | 2008-04-01 23:04:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 399 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *Id) { | 
| Steve Naroff | 3110251 | 2008-04-02 18:30:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 400 |   // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in | 
 | 401 |   // creation from this context. | 
| Douglas Gregor | 47b9a1c | 2009-02-04 17:27:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 402 |   NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupName(TUScope, Id, LookupOrdinaryName); | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | 4cabdfc | 2007-10-12 19:38:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 403 |    | 
| Steve Naroff | b327ce0 | 2008-04-02 14:35:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 404 |   return dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl); | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | 4cabdfc | 2007-10-12 19:38:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 405 | } | 
 | 406 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 1a0d31a | 2009-01-12 18:45:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 407 | /// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting | 
 | 408 | /// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes | 
 | 409 | /// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and | 
 | 410 | /// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but | 
 | 411 | /// ill-formed in C++: | 
 | 412 | /// @code | 
 | 413 | /// struct S6 { | 
 | 414 | ///   enum { BAR } e; | 
 | 415 | /// }; | 
 | 416 | ///  | 
 | 417 | /// void test_S6() { | 
 | 418 | ///   struct S6 a; | 
 | 419 | ///   a.e = BAR; | 
 | 420 | /// } | 
 | 421 | /// @endcode | 
 | 422 | /// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different | 
 | 423 | /// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration | 
 | 424 | /// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated | 
 | 425 | /// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent | 
 | 426 | /// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this | 
 | 427 | /// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the | 
 | 428 | /// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot | 
 | 429 | /// contain non-field names. | 
 | 430 | Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) { | 
 | 431 |   while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || | 
 | 432 |          (S->getEntity() &&  | 
 | 433 |           ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext()) || | 
 | 434 |          (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)) | 
 | 435 |     S = S->getParent(); | 
 | 436 |   return S; | 
 | 437 | } | 
 | 438 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 95e2c71 | 2008-05-05 22:18:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 439 | void Sema::InitBuiltinVaListType() { | 
| Anders Carlsson | 7c50aca | 2007-10-15 20:28:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 440 |   if (!Context.getBuiltinVaListType().isNull()) | 
 | 441 |     return; | 
 | 442 |    | 
 | 443 |   IdentifierInfo *VaIdent = &Context.Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 47b9a1c | 2009-02-04 17:27:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 444 |   NamedDecl *VaDecl = LookupName(TUScope, VaIdent, LookupOrdinaryName); | 
| Steve Naroff | 733002f | 2007-10-18 22:17:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 445 |   TypedefDecl *VaTypedef = cast<TypedefDecl>(VaDecl); | 
| Anders Carlsson | 7c50aca | 2007-10-15 20:28:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 446 |   Context.setBuiltinVaListType(Context.getTypedefType(VaTypedef)); | 
 | 447 | } | 
 | 448 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 3e41d60 | 2009-02-13 23:20:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 449 | /// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at | 
 | 450 | /// file scope.  lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true | 
 | 451 | /// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the | 
 | 452 | /// built-in. | 
| Douglas Gregor | 4afa39d | 2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 453 | NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned bid, | 
| Douglas Gregor | 3e41d60 | 2009-02-13 23:20:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 454 |                                      Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, | 
 | 455 |                                      SourceLocation Loc) { | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 456 |   Builtin::ID BID = (Builtin::ID)bid; | 
 | 457 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | bd7eb1c | 2008-09-28 05:54:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 458 |   if (Context.BuiltinInfo.hasVAListUse(BID)) | 
| Anders Carlsson | 7c50aca | 2007-10-15 20:28:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 459 |     InitBuiltinVaListType(); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 3e41d60 | 2009-02-13 23:20:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 460 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 86df27b | 2009-06-14 00:45:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 461 |   ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; | 
 | 462 |   QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(BID, Error);   | 
| Douglas Gregor | 370ab3f | 2009-02-14 01:52:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 463 |   switch (Error) { | 
| Chris Lattner | 86df27b | 2009-06-14 00:45:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 464 |   case ASTContext::GE_None: | 
| Douglas Gregor | 370ab3f | 2009-02-14 01:52:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 465 |     // Okay | 
 | 466 |     break; | 
 | 467 |  | 
| Mike Stump | f711c41 | 2009-07-28 23:57:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 468 |   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio: | 
| Douglas Gregor | 370ab3f | 2009-02-14 01:52:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 469 |     if (ForRedeclaration) | 
 | 470 |       Diag(Loc, diag::err_implicit_decl_requires_stdio) | 
 | 471 |         << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); | 
 | 472 |     return 0; | 
| Mike Stump | 782fa30 | 2009-07-28 02:25:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 473 |  | 
| Mike Stump | f711c41 | 2009-07-28 23:57:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 474 |   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp: | 
| Mike Stump | 782fa30 | 2009-07-28 02:25:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 475 |     if (ForRedeclaration) | 
 | 476 |       Diag(Loc, diag::err_implicit_decl_requires_setjmp) | 
 | 477 |         << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); | 
 | 478 |     return 0; | 
| Douglas Gregor | 370ab3f | 2009-02-14 01:52:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 479 |   } | 
| Douglas Gregor | 3e41d60 | 2009-02-13 23:20:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 480 |  | 
 | 481 |   if (!ForRedeclaration && Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BID)) { | 
 | 482 |     Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl) | 
 | 483 |       << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID) | 
 | 484 |       << R; | 
| Douglas Gregor | b1152d8 | 2009-02-16 21:58:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 485 |     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID) && | 
| Chris Lattner | 6a7334d | 2009-04-16 03:59:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 486 |         Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl) | 
 | 487 |           != Diagnostic::Ignored) | 
| Douglas Gregor | 3e41d60 | 2009-02-13 23:20:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 488 |       Diag(Loc, diag::note_please_include_header) | 
 | 489 |         << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID) | 
 | 490 |         << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); | 
 | 491 |   } | 
 | 492 |  | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | ff898cd | 2008-04-17 14:47:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 493 |   FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, | 
 | 494 |                                            Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | a1d5662 | 2009-08-19 01:27:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 495 |                                            Loc, II, R, /*DInfo=*/0, | 
| Douglas Gregor | 2224f84 | 2009-02-25 16:33:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 496 |                                            FunctionDecl::Extern, false, | 
 | 497 |                                            /*hasPrototype=*/true); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 3e41d60 | 2009-02-13 23:20:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 498 |   New->setImplicit(); | 
 | 499 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 95e2c71 | 2008-05-05 22:18:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 500 |   // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the | 
 | 501 |   // FunctionDecl. | 
| Douglas Gregor | 72564e7 | 2009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 502 |   if (FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) { | 
| Chris Lattner | 95e2c71 | 2008-05-05 22:18:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 503 |     llvm::SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; | 
 | 504 |     for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i) | 
 | 505 |       Params.push_back(ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), 0, | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | a1d5662 | 2009-08-19 01:27:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 506 |                                            FT->getArgType(i), /*DInfo=*/0, | 
 | 507 |                                            VarDecl::None, 0)); | 
| Jay Foad | beaaccd | 2009-05-21 09:52:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 508 |     New->setParams(Context, Params.data(), Params.size()); | 
| Chris Lattner | 95e2c71 | 2008-05-05 22:18:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 509 |   } | 
 | 510 |    | 
| Douglas Gregor | 3c385e5 | 2009-02-14 18:57:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 511 |   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New);   | 
| Chris Lattner | 95e2c71 | 2008-05-05 22:18:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 512 |    | 
| Chris Lattner | 7f925cc | 2008-04-11 07:00:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 513 |   // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into. | 
| Douglas Gregor | a8cc8ce | 2009-01-09 18:51:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 514 |   // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to | 
 | 515 |   // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext | 
 | 516 |   // entirely, but we're not there yet. | 
 | 517 |   DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext; | 
 | 518 |   CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 00bc645 | 2008-05-09 23:39:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 519 |   PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope); | 
| Douglas Gregor | a8cc8ce | 2009-01-09 18:51:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 520 |   CurContext = SavedContext; | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 521 |   return New; | 
 | 522 | } | 
 | 523 |  | 
| Sebastian Redl | c42e118 | 2008-11-11 11:37:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 524 | /// GetStdNamespace - This method gets the C++ "std" namespace. This is where | 
 | 525 | /// everything from the standard library is defined. | 
 | 526 | NamespaceDecl *Sema::GetStdNamespace() { | 
 | 527 |   if (!StdNamespace) { | 
| Chris Lattner | 8edea83 | 2008-11-20 05:45:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 528 |     IdentifierInfo *StdIdent = &PP.getIdentifierTable().get("std"); | 
| Sebastian Redl | c42e118 | 2008-11-11 11:37:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 529 |     DeclContext *Global = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 4c921ae | 2009-01-30 01:04:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 530 |     Decl *Std = LookupQualifiedName(Global, StdIdent, LookupNamespaceName); | 
| Sebastian Redl | c42e118 | 2008-11-11 11:37:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 531 |     StdNamespace = dyn_cast_or_null<NamespaceDecl>(Std); | 
 | 532 |   } | 
 | 533 |   return StdNamespace; | 
 | 534 | } | 
 | 535 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | cda9c67 | 2009-02-16 17:45:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 536 | /// MergeTypeDefDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the | 
 | 537 | /// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out | 
 | 538 | /// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting | 
| Chris Lattner | eaaebc7 | 2009-04-25 08:06:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 539 | /// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid. | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 540 | /// | 
| Chris Lattner | eaaebc7 | 2009-04-25 08:06:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 541 | void Sema::MergeTypeDefDecl(TypedefDecl *New, Decl *OldD) { | 
 | 542 |   // If either decl is known invalid already, set the new one to be invalid and | 
 | 543 |   // don't bother doing any merging checks. | 
 | 544 |   if (New->isInvalidDecl() || OldD->isInvalidDecl()) | 
 | 545 |     return New->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 | 546 |    | 
| Steve Naroff | 2b255c4 | 2008-09-09 14:32:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 547 |   // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs. | 
 | 548 |   // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent! | 
 | 549 |   if (getLangOptions().ObjC1) { | 
| Chris Lattner | 2bac0f6 | 2008-11-20 05:41:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 550 |     const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier(); | 
 | 551 |     switch (TypeID->getLength()) { | 
 | 552 |     default: break; | 
 | 553 |     case 2:  | 
 | 554 |       if (!TypeID->isStr("id")) | 
 | 555 |         break; | 
| David Chisnall | 0f43656 | 2009-08-17 16:35:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 556 |       Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType = New->getUnderlyingType(); | 
| Steve Naroff | 14108da | 2009-07-10 23:34:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 557 |       // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition. | 
 | 558 |       New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr()); | 
 | 559 |       return; | 
| Chris Lattner | 2bac0f6 | 2008-11-20 05:41:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 560 |     case 5: | 
 | 561 |       if (!TypeID->isStr("Class")) | 
 | 562 |         break; | 
| David Chisnall | 0f43656 | 2009-08-17 16:35:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 563 |       Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType = New->getUnderlyingType(); | 
| Steve Naroff | 14108da | 2009-07-10 23:34:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 564 |       // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition. | 
 | 565 |       New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr()); | 
| Chris Lattner | eaaebc7 | 2009-04-25 08:06:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 566 |       return; | 
| Chris Lattner | 2bac0f6 | 2008-11-20 05:41:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 567 |     case 3: | 
 | 568 |       if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL")) | 
 | 569 |         break; | 
| Douglas Gregor | 319ac89 | 2009-04-23 22:29:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 570 |       Context.setObjCSelType(Context.getTypeDeclType(New)); | 
| Chris Lattner | eaaebc7 | 2009-04-25 08:06:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 571 |       return; | 
| Chris Lattner | 2bac0f6 | 2008-11-20 05:41:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 572 |     case 8: | 
 | 573 |       if (!TypeID->isStr("Protocol")) | 
 | 574 |         break; | 
| Steve Naroff | 2b255c4 | 2008-09-09 14:32:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 575 |       Context.setObjCProtoType(New->getUnderlyingType()); | 
| Chris Lattner | eaaebc7 | 2009-04-25 08:06:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 576 |       return; | 
| Steve Naroff | 2b255c4 | 2008-09-09 14:32:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 577 |     } | 
 | 578 |     // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type. | 
 | 579 |   } | 
| Douglas Gregor | 6697312 | 2009-01-28 17:15:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 580 |   // Verify the old decl was also a type. | 
 | 581 |   TypeDecl *Old = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(OldD); | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 582 |   if (!Old) { | 
| Douglas Gregor | 6697312 | 2009-01-28 17:15:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 583 |     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)  | 
| Chris Lattner | 08631c5 | 2008-11-23 21:45:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 584 |       << New->getDeclName(); | 
| Chris Lattner | eaaebc7 | 2009-04-25 08:06:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 585 |     if (OldD->getLocation().isValid()) | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | c55a240 | 2009-01-16 19:58:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 586 |       Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); | 
| Chris Lattner | eaaebc7 | 2009-04-25 08:06:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 587 |     return New->setInvalidDecl(); | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 588 |   } | 
| Douglas Gregor | 6697312 | 2009-01-28 17:15:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 589 |  | 
 | 590 |   // Determine the "old" type we'll use for checking and diagnostics.   | 
 | 591 |   QualType OldType; | 
 | 592 |   if (TypedefDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefDecl>(Old)) | 
 | 593 |     OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType(); | 
 | 594 |   else | 
 | 595 |     OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old); | 
 | 596 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 99cb997 | 2008-07-25 18:44:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 597 |   // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and | 
 | 598 |   // with any extensions enabled. | 
| Douglas Gregor | 6697312 | 2009-01-28 17:15:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 599 |  | 
 | 600 |   if (OldType != New->getUnderlyingType() &&  | 
 | 601 |       Context.getCanonicalType(OldType) !=  | 
| Chris Lattner | 99cb997 | 2008-07-25 18:44:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 602 |       Context.getCanonicalType(New->getUnderlyingType())) { | 
| Chris Lattner | 5dc266a | 2008-11-20 06:13:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 603 |     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef) | 
| Douglas Gregor | 6697312 | 2009-01-28 17:15:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 604 |       << New->getUnderlyingType() << OldType; | 
| Chris Lattner | eaaebc7 | 2009-04-25 08:06:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 605 |     if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | c55a240 | 2009-01-16 19:58:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 606 |       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); | 
| Chris Lattner | eaaebc7 | 2009-04-25 08:06:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 607 |     return New->setInvalidDecl(); | 
| Chris Lattner | 99cb997 | 2008-07-25 18:44:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 608 |   } | 
| Chris Lattner | eaaebc7 | 2009-04-25 08:06:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 609 |    | 
| Steve Naroff | 14108da | 2009-07-10 23:34:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 610 |   if (getLangOptions().Microsoft) | 
| Chris Lattner | eaaebc7 | 2009-04-25 08:06:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 611 |     return; | 
| Eli Friedman | 54ecfce | 2008-06-11 06:20:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 612 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | bbe2743 | 2008-11-21 16:29:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 613 |   // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2: | 
 | 614 |   //   In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to | 
 | 615 |   //   redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer | 
 | 616 |   //   to the type to which it already refers. | 
| Chris Lattner | 32b0675 | 2009-04-17 22:04:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 617 |   if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { | 
 | 618 |     if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)) | 
| Chris Lattner | eaaebc7 | 2009-04-25 08:06:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 619 |       return; | 
| Chris Lattner | 32b0675 | 2009-04-17 22:04:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 620 |     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) | 
 | 621 |       << New->getDeclName(); | 
 | 622 |     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); | 
| Chris Lattner | eaaebc7 | 2009-04-25 08:06:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 623 |     return New->setInvalidDecl(); | 
| Daniel Dunbar | 2fe0997 | 2008-09-12 18:10:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 624 |   } | 
| Eli Friedman | 54ecfce | 2008-06-11 06:20:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 625 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 32b0675 | 2009-04-17 22:04:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 626 |   // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning.  This warning | 
 | 627 |   // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with | 
| Eli Friedman | 340a4e5 | 2009-06-04 23:03:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 628 |   // -Wtypedef-redefinition.  If either the original or the redefinition is | 
 | 629 |   // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC. | 
| Chris Lattner | d0359af | 2009-04-27 01:46:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 630 |   if (PP.getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() && | 
| Eli Friedman | 340a4e5 | 2009-06-04 23:03:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 631 |       (Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) || | 
 | 632 |        Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation()))) | 
| Chris Lattner | d0359af | 2009-04-27 01:46:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 633 |     return; | 
 | 634 |    | 
| Chris Lattner | 32b0675 | 2009-04-17 22:04:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 635 |   Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefinition_of_typedef) | 
 | 636 |     << New->getDeclName(); | 
| Chris Lattner | 5f4a682 | 2008-11-23 23:12:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 637 |   Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); | 
| Chris Lattner | eaaebc7 | 2009-04-25 08:06:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 638 |   return; | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 639 | } | 
 | 640 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 6b6b537 | 2008-06-26 18:38:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 641 | /// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target | 
 | 642 | /// attribute. | 
| Douglas Gregor | 68584ed | 2009-06-18 16:11:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 643 | static bool  | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 40b598e | 2009-06-30 02:34:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 644 | DeclHasAttr(const Decl *decl, const Attr *target) { | 
 | 645 |   for (const Attr *attr = decl->getAttrs(); attr; attr = attr->getNext()) | 
| Chris Lattner | ddee423 | 2008-03-03 03:28:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 646 |     if (attr->getKind() == target->getKind()) | 
 | 647 |       return true; | 
 | 648 |  | 
 | 649 |   return false; | 
 | 650 | } | 
 | 651 |  | 
 | 652 | /// MergeAttributes - append attributes from the Old decl to the New one. | 
| Chris Lattner | cc58147 | 2009-03-04 06:05:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 653 | static void MergeAttributes(Decl *New, Decl *Old, ASTContext &C) { | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 40b598e | 2009-06-30 02:34:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 654 |   for (const Attr *attr = Old->getAttrs(); attr; attr = attr->getNext()) { | 
 | 655 |     if (!DeclHasAttr(New, attr) && attr->isMerged()) { | 
| Douglas Gregor | 9f9bf25 | 2009-04-28 06:37:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 656 |       Attr *NewAttr = attr->clone(C); | 
 | 657 |       NewAttr->setInherited(true); | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 40b598e | 2009-06-30 02:34:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 658 |       New->addAttr(NewAttr); | 
| Chris Lattner | ddee423 | 2008-03-03 03:28:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 659 |     } | 
 | 660 |   } | 
 | 661 | } | 
 | 662 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | c837656 | 2009-03-06 22:43:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 663 | /// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in | 
 | 664 | /// C. | 
 | 665 | struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning { | 
 | 666 |   ParmVarDecl *OldParm; | 
 | 667 |   ParmVarDecl *NewParm; | 
 | 668 |   QualType PromotedType; | 
 | 669 | }; | 
 | 670 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 0442108 | 2008-04-08 04:40:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 671 | /// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from | 
 | 672 | /// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous | 
 | 673 | /// declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to resolve this situation, | 
 | 674 | /// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. | 
| Douglas Gregor | 8e9bebd | 2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 675 | /// | 
 | 676 | /// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not | 
 | 677 | /// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are | 
 | 678 | /// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be | 
 | 679 | /// merged with. | 
| Douglas Gregor | cda9c67 | 2009-02-16 17:45:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 680 | /// | 
 | 681 | /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise. | 
 | 682 | bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, Decl *OldD) { | 
| Douglas Gregor | 8e9bebd | 2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 683 |   assert(!isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(OldD) &&  | 
 | 684 |          "Cannot merge with an overloaded function declaration"); | 
 | 685 |  | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 686 |   // Verify the old decl was also a function. | 
| Douglas Gregor | e53060f | 2009-06-25 22:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 687 |   FunctionDecl *Old = 0; | 
 | 688 |   if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldFunctionTemplate  | 
 | 689 |         = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldD)) | 
 | 690 |     Old = OldFunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl(); | 
 | 691 |   else  | 
 | 692 |     Old = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldD); | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 693 |   if (!Old) { | 
| Chris Lattner | 5dc266a | 2008-11-20 06:13:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 694 |     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) | 
| Chris Lattner | 08631c5 | 2008-11-23 21:45:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 695 |       << New->getDeclName(); | 
| Chris Lattner | 5f4a682 | 2008-11-23 23:12:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 696 |     Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); | 
| Douglas Gregor | cda9c67 | 2009-02-16 17:45:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 697 |     return true; | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 698 |   } | 
| Douglas Gregor | 8e9bebd | 2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 699 |  | 
 | 700 |   // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition, | 
 | 701 |   // implicit declaration, or a declaration. | 
 | 702 |   diag::kind PrevDiag; | 
 | 703 |   if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) | 
| Chris Lattner | 5f4a682 | 2008-11-23 23:12:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 704 |     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition; | 
| Douglas Gregor | cda9c67 | 2009-02-16 17:45:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 705 |   else if (Old->isImplicit()) | 
 | 706 |     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration; | 
 | 707 |   else  | 
| Chris Lattner | 5f4a682 | 2008-11-23 23:12:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 708 |     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration; | 
| Chris Lattner | 0442108 | 2008-04-08 04:40:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 709 |    | 
| Chris Lattner | 8bcfc5b | 2008-04-06 23:10:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 710 |   QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType()); | 
 | 711 |   QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); | 
| Chris Lattner | 5519644 | 2007-11-20 19:04:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 712 |    | 
| Douglas Gregor | 04495c8 | 2009-02-24 01:23:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 713 |   if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) && | 
 | 714 |       New->getStorageClass() == FunctionDecl::Static && | 
 | 715 |       Old->getStorageClass() != FunctionDecl::Static) { | 
 | 716 |     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) | 
 | 717 |       << New; | 
 | 718 |     Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag); | 
 | 719 |     return true; | 
 | 720 |   } | 
 | 721 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 8e9bebd | 2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 722 |   if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { | 
 | 723 |     // (C++98 13.1p2): | 
 | 724 |     //   Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded: | 
 | 725 |     //     -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type  | 
 | 726 |     //        cannot be overloaded. | 
 | 727 |     QualType OldReturnType  | 
 | 728 |       = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType.getTypePtr())->getResultType(); | 
 | 729 |     QualType NewReturnType  | 
 | 730 |       = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType.getTypePtr())->getResultType(); | 
 | 731 |     if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) { | 
 | 732 |       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 3e41d60 | 2009-02-13 23:20:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 733 |       Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); | 
| Douglas Gregor | cda9c67 | 2009-02-16 17:45:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 734 |       return true; | 
| Douglas Gregor | 8e9bebd | 2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 735 |     } | 
 | 736 |  | 
 | 737 |     const CXXMethodDecl* OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old); | 
 | 738 |     const CXXMethodDecl* NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New); | 
| John McCall | 02cace7 | 2009-08-28 07:59:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 739 |     if (OldMethod && NewMethod && !NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind() && | 
| Douglas Gregor | f59a56e | 2009-07-21 23:53:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 740 |         NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) { | 
| Douglas Gregor | 8e9bebd | 2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 741 |       //    -- Member function declarations with the same name and the  | 
 | 742 |       //       same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them  | 
 | 743 |       //       is a static member function declaration. | 
 | 744 |       if (OldMethod->isStatic() || NewMethod->isStatic()) { | 
 | 745 |         Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 3e41d60 | 2009-02-13 23:20:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 746 |         Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); | 
| Douglas Gregor | cda9c67 | 2009-02-16 17:45:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 747 |         return true; | 
| Douglas Gregor | 8e9bebd | 2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 748 |       } | 
| Douglas Gregor | 9e7d9de | 2008-12-15 21:24:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 749 |  | 
 | 750 |       // C++ [class.mem]p1: | 
 | 751 |       //   [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the | 
 | 752 |       //   member-specification, except that a nested class or member | 
 | 753 |       //   class template can be declared and then later defined. | 
| Douglas Gregor | 656de63 | 2009-03-11 23:52:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 754 |       unsigned NewDiag; | 
 | 755 |       if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod)) | 
 | 756 |         NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared; | 
 | 757 |       else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod)) | 
 | 758 |         NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared; | 
 | 759 |       else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod)) | 
 | 760 |         NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared; | 
 | 761 |       else | 
 | 762 |         NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared; | 
 | 763 |        | 
 | 764 |       Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag); | 
 | 765 |       Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 8e9bebd | 2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 766 |     } | 
 | 767 |  | 
 | 768 |     // (C++98 8.3.5p3): | 
 | 769 |     //   All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the | 
 | 770 |     //   return type and the parameter-type-list. | 
| Douglas Gregor | 04495c8 | 2009-02-24 01:23:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 771 |     if (OldQType == NewQType) | 
 | 772 |       return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 8e9bebd | 2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 773 |  | 
 | 774 |     // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions. | 
| Douglas Gregor | f009795 | 2008-04-21 02:02:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 775 |   } | 
| Chris Lattner | 0442108 | 2008-04-08 04:40:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 776 |  | 
 | 777 |   // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles | 
| Steve Naroff | adbbd0c | 2008-01-14 20:51:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 778 |   // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly. | 
| Chris Lattner | 0442108 | 2008-04-08 04:40:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 779 |   if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && | 
| Eli Friedman | 3d815e7 | 2008-08-22 00:56:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 780 |       Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) { | 
| Douglas Gregor | c837656 | 2009-03-06 22:43:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 781 |     const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAsFunctionType(); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 6871981 | 2009-02-16 18:20:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 782 |     const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAsFunctionType(); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 72564e7 | 2009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 783 |     const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = 0; | 
 | 784 |     if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) && | 
| Douglas Gregor | c837656 | 2009-03-06 22:43:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 785 |         (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) { | 
| Douglas Gregor | 6871981 | 2009-02-16 18:20:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 786 |       // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the | 
 | 787 |       // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype. | 
| Sebastian Redl | 465226e | 2009-05-27 22:11:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 788 |       assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C"); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 6871981 | 2009-02-16 18:20:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 789 |       llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->arg_type_begin(), | 
 | 790 |                                                  OldProto->arg_type_end()); | 
 | 791 |       NewQType = Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getResultType(), | 
| Jay Foad | beaaccd | 2009-05-21 09:52:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 792 |                                          ParamTypes.data(), ParamTypes.size(), | 
| Douglas Gregor | 6871981 | 2009-02-16 18:20:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 793 |                                          OldProto->isVariadic(), | 
 | 794 |                                          OldProto->getTypeQuals()); | 
 | 795 |       New->setType(NewQType); | 
| Anders Carlsson | a75e853 | 2009-05-14 21:46:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 796 |       New->setHasInheritedPrototype(); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 450da98 | 2009-02-16 20:58:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 797 |  | 
 | 798 |       // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. | 
 | 799 |       llvm::SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; | 
| Douglas Gregor | 72564e7 | 2009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 800 |       for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 450da98 | 2009-02-16 20:58:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 801 |              ParamType = OldProto->arg_type_begin(),  | 
 | 802 |              ParamEnd = OldProto->arg_type_end(); | 
 | 803 |            ParamType != ParamEnd; ++ParamType) { | 
 | 804 |         ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, | 
 | 805 |                                                  SourceLocation(), 0, | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | a1d5662 | 2009-08-19 01:27:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 806 |                                                  *ParamType, /*DInfo=*/0, | 
 | 807 |                                                  VarDecl::None, 0); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 450da98 | 2009-02-16 20:58:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 808 |         Param->setImplicit(); | 
 | 809 |         Params.push_back(Param); | 
 | 810 |       } | 
 | 811 |  | 
| Jay Foad | beaaccd | 2009-05-21 09:52:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 812 |       New->setParams(Context, Params.data(), Params.size()); | 
| Douglas Gregor | c837656 | 2009-03-06 22:43:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 813 |     }  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 6871981 | 2009-02-16 18:20:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 814 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 04495c8 | 2009-02-24 01:23:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 815 |     return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old); | 
| Chris Lattner | 0442108 | 2008-04-08 04:40:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 816 |   } | 
| Chris Lattner | e3995fe | 2007-11-06 06:07:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 817 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | c837656 | 2009-03-06 22:43:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 818 |   // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration | 
 | 819 |   // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition | 
 | 820 |   // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the | 
 | 821 |   // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ | 
 | 822 |   // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from | 
 | 823 |   // the prototype. | 
| Eli Friedman | bc4e29f | 2009-06-01 09:24:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 824 |   // | 
 | 825 |   // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition, | 
 | 826 |   // the K&R definition becomes variadic.  This is sort of an edge case, but | 
 | 827 |   // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and | 
 | 828 |   // C99 6.9.1p8. | 
| Douglas Gregor | c837656 | 2009-03-06 22:43:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 829 |   if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && | 
| Douglas Gregor | c837656 | 2009-03-06 22:43:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 830 |       Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() && | 
 | 831 |       New->getType()->getAsFunctionProtoType() && | 
 | 832 |       Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) { | 
 | 833 |     llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes; | 
 | 834 |     llvm::SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings; | 
 | 835 |     const FunctionProtoType *OldProto  | 
 | 836 |       = Old->getType()->getAsFunctionProtoType(); | 
 | 837 |     const FunctionProtoType *NewProto  | 
 | 838 |       = New->getType()->getAsFunctionProtoType(); | 
 | 839 |      | 
 | 840 |     // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension. | 
| Eli Friedman | bc4e29f | 2009-06-01 09:24:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 841 |     QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getResultType(), | 
 | 842 |                                                NewProto->getResultType()); | 
 | 843 |     bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull(); | 
| Douglas Gregor | c837656 | 2009-03-06 22:43:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 844 |     for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams();  | 
| Eli Friedman | bc4e29f | 2009-06-01 09:24:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 845 |          LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) { | 
| Douglas Gregor | c837656 | 2009-03-06 22:43:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 846 |       ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx); | 
 | 847 |       ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx); | 
 | 848 |       if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(),  | 
 | 849 |                                      NewProto->getArgType(Idx))) { | 
 | 850 |         ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); | 
 | 851 |       } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), | 
 | 852 |                                             NewParm->getType())) { | 
 | 853 |         GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn  | 
 | 854 |           = { OldParm, NewParm, NewProto->getArgType(Idx) }; | 
 | 855 |         Warnings.push_back(Warn); | 
 | 856 |         ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); | 
 | 857 |       } else | 
| Eli Friedman | bc4e29f | 2009-06-01 09:24:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 858 |         LooseCompatible = false; | 
| Douglas Gregor | c837656 | 2009-03-06 22:43:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 859 |     } | 
 | 860 |  | 
| Eli Friedman | bc4e29f | 2009-06-01 09:24:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 861 |     if (LooseCompatible) { | 
| Douglas Gregor | c837656 | 2009-03-06 22:43:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 862 |       for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) { | 
 | 863 |         Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(), | 
 | 864 |              diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype) | 
 | 865 |           << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType | 
 | 866 |           << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType(); | 
 | 867 |         Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(),  | 
 | 868 |              diag::note_previous_declaration); | 
 | 869 |       } | 
 | 870 |  | 
| Eli Friedman | bc4e29f | 2009-06-01 09:24:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 871 |       New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, &ArgTypes[0], | 
 | 872 |                                            ArgTypes.size(), | 
 | 873 |                                            OldProto->isVariadic(), 0)); | 
| Douglas Gregor | c837656 | 2009-03-06 22:43:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 874 |       return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old); | 
 | 875 |     } | 
 | 876 |  | 
 | 877 |     // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types. | 
 | 878 |   } | 
 | 879 |  | 
| Steve Naroff | 837618c | 2008-01-16 15:01:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 880 |   // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or defined | 
 | 881 |   // with a different type- show appropriate diagnostic | 
| Douglas Gregor | cda9c67 | 2009-02-16 17:45:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 882 |   if (unsigned BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID(Context)) { | 
 | 883 |     // The user has declared a builtin function with an incompatible | 
 | 884 |     // signature. | 
 | 885 |     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { | 
 | 886 |       // The function the user is redeclaring is a library-defined | 
 | 887 |       // function like 'malloc' or 'printf'. Warn about the | 
| Douglas Gregor | 374e156 | 2009-03-23 17:47:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 888 |       // redeclaration, then pretend that we don't know about this | 
 | 889 |       // library built-in. | 
| Douglas Gregor | cda9c67 | 2009-02-16 17:45:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 890 |       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New; | 
 | 891 |       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration) | 
 | 892 |         << Old << Old->getType(); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 374e156 | 2009-03-23 17:47:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 893 |       New->getIdentifier()->setBuiltinID(Builtin::NotBuiltin); | 
 | 894 |       Old->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 | 895 |       return false; | 
| Douglas Gregor | cda9c67 | 2009-02-16 17:45:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 896 |     } | 
| Steve Naroff | 837618c | 2008-01-16 15:01:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 897 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | cda9c67 | 2009-02-16 17:45:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 898 |     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration; | 
 | 899 |   } | 
 | 900 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | d9d22dd | 2008-11-24 05:29:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 901 |   Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName(); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 3e41d60 | 2009-02-13 23:20:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 902 |   Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); | 
| Douglas Gregor | cda9c67 | 2009-02-16 17:45:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 903 |   return true; | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 904 | } | 
 | 905 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 04495c8 | 2009-02-24 01:23:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 906 | /// \brief Completes the merge of two function declarations that are | 
 | 907 | /// known to be compatible.  | 
 | 908 | /// | 
 | 909 | /// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other | 
 | 910 | /// properties of function declarations form the old declaration to | 
 | 911 | /// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a | 
 | 912 | /// redeclaration of Old. | 
 | 913 | /// | 
 | 914 | /// \returns false | 
 | 915 | bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old) { | 
 | 916 |   // Merge the attributes | 
| Chris Lattner | cc58147 | 2009-03-04 06:05:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 917 |   MergeAttributes(New, Old, Context); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 04495c8 | 2009-02-24 01:23:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 918 |  | 
 | 919 |   // Merge the storage class. | 
| Douglas Gregor | 9f9bf25 | 2009-04-28 06:37:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 920 |   if (Old->getStorageClass() != FunctionDecl::Extern) | 
 | 921 |     New->setStorageClass(Old->getStorageClass()); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 04495c8 | 2009-02-24 01:23:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 922 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | b3efa98 | 2009-04-23 18:22:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 923 |   // Merge "inline" | 
 | 924 |   if (Old->isInline()) | 
 | 925 |     New->setInline(true); | 
 | 926 |  | 
 | 927 |   // If this function declaration by itself qualifies as a C99 inline | 
 | 928 |   // definition (C99 6.7.4p6), but the previous definition did not, | 
 | 929 |   // then the function is not a C99 inline definition. | 
 | 930 |   if (New->isC99InlineDefinition() && !Old->isC99InlineDefinition()) | 
 | 931 |     New->setC99InlineDefinition(false); | 
 | 932 |   else if (Old->isC99InlineDefinition() && !New->isC99InlineDefinition()) { | 
 | 933 |     // Mark all preceding definitions as not being C99 inline definitions. | 
 | 934 |     for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = Old; Prev;  | 
 | 935 |          Prev = Prev->getPreviousDeclaration()) | 
 | 936 |       const_cast<FunctionDecl *>(Prev)->setC99InlineDefinition(false); | 
 | 937 |   } | 
| Douglas Gregor | 04495c8 | 2009-02-24 01:23:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 938 |  | 
 | 939 |   // Merge "pure" flag. | 
 | 940 |   if (Old->isPure()) | 
 | 941 |     New->setPure(); | 
 | 942 |  | 
 | 943 |   // Merge the "deleted" flag. | 
 | 944 |   if (Old->isDeleted()) | 
 | 945 |     New->setDeleted(); | 
 | 946 |    | 
 | 947 |   if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) | 
 | 948 |     return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old); | 
 | 949 |  | 
 | 950 |   return false; | 
 | 951 | } | 
 | 952 |  | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 953 | /// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name | 
 | 954 | /// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to resolve this | 
 | 955 | /// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. | 
 | 956 | /// | 
| Steve Naroff | ff9eb1f | 2008-08-08 17:50:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 957 | /// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by  | 
 | 958 | /// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative  | 
 | 959 | /// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached. | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 960 | ///  | 
| Chris Lattner | eaaebc7 | 2009-04-25 08:06:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 961 | void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, Decl *OldD) { | 
 | 962 |   // If either decl is invalid, make sure the new one is marked invalid and | 
 | 963 |   // don't do any other checking. | 
 | 964 |   if (New->isInvalidDecl() || OldD->isInvalidDecl()) | 
 | 965 |     return New->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 | 966 |    | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 967 |   // Verify the old decl was also a variable. | 
 | 968 |   VarDecl *Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(OldD); | 
 | 969 |   if (!Old) { | 
| Chris Lattner | f3a41af | 2008-11-20 06:38:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 970 |     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) | 
| Chris Lattner | 08631c5 | 2008-11-23 21:45:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 971 |       << New->getDeclName(); | 
| Chris Lattner | 5f4a682 | 2008-11-23 23:12:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 972 |     Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); | 
| Chris Lattner | eaaebc7 | 2009-04-25 08:06:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 973 |     return New->setInvalidDecl(); | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 974 |   } | 
| Chris Lattner | ddee423 | 2008-03-03 03:28:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 975 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | cc58147 | 2009-03-04 06:05:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 976 |   MergeAttributes(New, Old, Context); | 
| Chris Lattner | ddee423 | 2008-03-03 03:28:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 977 |  | 
| Eli Friedman | 13ca96a | 2009-01-24 23:49:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 978 |   // Merge the types | 
| Eli Friedman | 88d936b | 2009-05-16 13:54:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 979 |   QualType MergedT; | 
 | 980 |   if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { | 
 | 981 |     if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) | 
 | 982 |       MergedT = New->getType(); | 
 | 983 |   } else { | 
 | 984 |     MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType()); | 
 | 985 |   } | 
| Eli Friedman | 13ca96a | 2009-01-24 23:49:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 986 |   if (MergedT.isNull()) { | 
| Douglas Gregor | 6037fcb | 2009-01-09 19:42:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 987 |     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_type)  | 
 | 988 |       << New->getDeclName(); | 
| Chris Lattner | 5f4a682 | 2008-11-23 23:12:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 989 |     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); | 
| Chris Lattner | eaaebc7 | 2009-04-25 08:06:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 990 |     return New->setInvalidDecl(); | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 991 |   } | 
| Eli Friedman | 13ca96a | 2009-01-24 23:49:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 992 |   New->setType(MergedT); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 656de63 | 2009-03-11 23:52:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 993 |  | 
| Steve Naroff | b7b032e | 2008-01-30 00:44:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 994 |   // C99 6.2.2p4: Check if we have a static decl followed by a non-static. | 
 | 995 |   if (New->getStorageClass() == VarDecl::Static && | 
| Daniel Dunbar | 5466c7b | 2009-04-14 02:25:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 996 |       (Old->getStorageClass() == VarDecl::None || Old->hasExternalStorage())) { | 
| Chris Lattner | d9d22dd | 2008-11-24 05:29:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 997 |     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New->getDeclName(); | 
| Chris Lattner | 5f4a682 | 2008-11-23 23:12:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 998 |     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); | 
| Chris Lattner | eaaebc7 | 2009-04-25 08:06:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 999 |     return New->setInvalidDecl(); | 
| Steve Naroff | b7b032e | 2008-01-30 00:44:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1000 |   } | 
| Douglas Gregor | 5ef122e | 2009-03-19 22:01:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1001 |   // C99 6.2.2p4:  | 
 | 1002 |   //   For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier | 
 | 1003 |   //   extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that | 
 | 1004 |   //   identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies | 
 | 1005 |   //   internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at | 
 | 1006 |   //   the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at | 
 | 1007 |   //   the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or | 
 | 1008 |   //   if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the | 
 | 1009 |   //   identifier has external linkage. | 
| Douglas Gregor | 38179b2 | 2009-03-23 16:17:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1010 |   if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage()) | 
| Douglas Gregor | 5ef122e | 2009-03-19 22:01:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1011 |     /* Okay */; | 
 | 1012 |   else if (New->getStorageClass() != VarDecl::Static && | 
 | 1013 |            Old->getStorageClass() == VarDecl::Static) { | 
| Chris Lattner | d9d22dd | 2008-11-24 05:29:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1014 |     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName(); | 
| Chris Lattner | 5f4a682 | 2008-11-23 23:12:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1015 |     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); | 
| Chris Lattner | eaaebc7 | 2009-04-25 08:06:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1016 |     return New->setInvalidDecl(); | 
| Steve Naroff | b7b032e | 2008-01-30 00:44:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1017 |   } | 
| Daniel Dunbar | 5466c7b | 2009-04-14 02:25:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1018 |  | 
| Steve Naroff | 094cefb | 2008-09-17 14:05:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1019 |   // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. | 
| Daniel Dunbar | 5466c7b | 2009-04-14 02:25:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1020 |    | 
 | 1021 |   // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still | 
 | 1022 |   // need to check for mismatches. | 
 | 1023 |   if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() && | 
| Douglas Gregor | 656de63 | 2009-03-11 23:52:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1024 |       // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members. | 
 | 1025 |       !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && | 
 | 1026 |         !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) { | 
| Chris Lattner | 08631c5 | 2008-11-23 21:45:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1027 |     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName(); | 
| Chris Lattner | 5f4a682 | 2008-11-23 23:12:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1028 |     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); | 
| Chris Lattner | eaaebc7 | 2009-04-25 08:06:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1029 |     return New->setInvalidDecl(); | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1030 |   } | 
| Douglas Gregor | 275a369 | 2009-03-10 23:43:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1031 |  | 
| Eli Friedman | 63054b3 | 2009-04-19 20:27:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1032 |   if (New->isThreadSpecified() && !Old->isThreadSpecified()) { | 
 | 1033 |     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName(); | 
 | 1034 |     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); | 
 | 1035 |   } else if (!New->isThreadSpecified() && Old->isThreadSpecified()) { | 
 | 1036 |     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName(); | 
 | 1037 |     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); | 
 | 1038 |   } | 
 | 1039 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 275a369 | 2009-03-10 23:43:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1040 |   // Keep a chain of previous declarations. | 
 | 1041 |   New->setPreviousDeclaration(Old); | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1042 | } | 
 | 1043 |  | 
| Mike Stump | 5f28a1e | 2009-07-24 02:49:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1044 | /// CheckFallThrough - Check that we don't fall off the end of a | 
 | 1045 | /// Statement that should return a value. | 
 | 1046 | /// | 
 | 1047 | /// \returns AlwaysFallThrough iff we always fall off the end of the statement, | 
 | 1048 | /// MaybeFallThrough iff we might or might not fall off the end and | 
 | 1049 | /// NeverFallThrough iff we never fall off the end of the statement.  We assume | 
 | 1050 | /// that functions not marked noreturn will return. | 
| Mike Stump | b1682c5 | 2009-07-22 23:56:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1051 | Sema::ControlFlowKind Sema::CheckFallThrough(Stmt *Root) { | 
 | 1052 |   llvm::OwningPtr<CFG> cfg (CFG::buildCFG(Root, &Context)); | 
 | 1053 |    | 
 | 1054 |   // FIXME: They should never return 0, fix that, delete this code. | 
 | 1055 |   if (cfg == 0) | 
 | 1056 |     return NeverFallThrough; | 
| Mike Stump | 79a1411 | 2009-07-23 22:40:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1057 |   // The CFG leaves in dead things, and we don't want to dead code paths to | 
 | 1058 |   // confuse us, so we mark all live things first. | 
| Mike Stump | b1682c5 | 2009-07-22 23:56:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1059 |   std::queue<CFGBlock*> workq; | 
| Daniel Dunbar | 1f15e76 | 2009-07-23 05:01:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1060 |   llvm::BitVector live(cfg->getNumBlockIDs()); | 
| Mike Stump | b1682c5 | 2009-07-22 23:56:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1061 |   // Prep work queue | 
 | 1062 |   workq.push(&cfg->getEntry()); | 
 | 1063 |   // Solve | 
 | 1064 |   while (!workq.empty()) { | 
 | 1065 |     CFGBlock *item = workq.front(); | 
 | 1066 |     workq.pop(); | 
| Daniel Dunbar | 1f15e76 | 2009-07-23 05:01:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1067 |     live.set(item->getBlockID()); | 
| Mike Stump | 79a1411 | 2009-07-23 22:40:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1068 |     for (CFGBlock::succ_iterator I=item->succ_begin(), | 
 | 1069 |            E=item->succ_end(); | 
 | 1070 |          I != E; | 
 | 1071 |          ++I) { | 
 | 1072 |       if ((*I) && !live[(*I)->getBlockID()]) { | 
 | 1073 |         live.set((*I)->getBlockID()); | 
 | 1074 |         workq.push(*I); | 
| Mike Stump | b1682c5 | 2009-07-22 23:56:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1075 |       } | 
 | 1076 |     } | 
 | 1077 |   } | 
 | 1078 |  | 
| Mike Stump | 79a1411 | 2009-07-23 22:40:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1079 |   // Now we know what is live, we check the live precessors of the exit block | 
 | 1080 |   // and look for fall through paths, being careful to ignore normal returns, | 
 | 1081 |   // and exceptional paths. | 
| Mike Stump | b1682c5 | 2009-07-22 23:56:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1082 |   bool HasLiveReturn = false; | 
 | 1083 |   bool HasFakeEdge = false; | 
 | 1084 |   bool HasPlainEdge = false; | 
| Mike Stump | 79a1411 | 2009-07-23 22:40:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1085 |   for (CFGBlock::succ_iterator I=cfg->getExit().pred_begin(), | 
 | 1086 |          E = cfg->getExit().pred_end(); | 
 | 1087 |        I != E; | 
 | 1088 |        ++I) { | 
 | 1089 |     CFGBlock& B = **I; | 
 | 1090 |     if (!live[B.getBlockID()]) | 
| Mike Stump | b1682c5 | 2009-07-22 23:56:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1091 |       continue; | 
| Mike Stump | 79a1411 | 2009-07-23 22:40:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1092 |     if (B.size() == 0) { | 
| Mike Stump | b1682c5 | 2009-07-22 23:56:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1093 |       // A labeled empty statement, or the entry block... | 
 | 1094 |       HasPlainEdge = true; | 
 | 1095 |       continue; | 
 | 1096 |     } | 
| Mike Stump | 79a1411 | 2009-07-23 22:40:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1097 |     Stmt *S = B[B.size()-1]; | 
| Mike Stump | b1682c5 | 2009-07-22 23:56:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1098 |     if (isa<ReturnStmt>(S)) { | 
 | 1099 |       HasLiveReturn = true; | 
 | 1100 |       continue; | 
 | 1101 |     } | 
 | 1102 |     if (isa<ObjCAtThrowStmt>(S)) { | 
 | 1103 |       HasFakeEdge = true; | 
 | 1104 |       continue; | 
 | 1105 |     } | 
 | 1106 |     if (isa<CXXThrowExpr>(S)) { | 
 | 1107 |       HasFakeEdge = true; | 
 | 1108 |       continue; | 
 | 1109 |     } | 
 | 1110 |     bool NoReturnEdge = false; | 
| Mike Stump | 79a1411 | 2009-07-23 22:40:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1111 |     if (CallExpr *C = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(S)) { | 
 | 1112 |       Expr *CEE = C->getCallee()->IgnoreParenCasts(); | 
| Mike Stump | 2455636 | 2009-07-25 21:26:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1113 |       if (CEE->getType().getNoReturnAttr()) { | 
 | 1114 |         NoReturnEdge = true; | 
 | 1115 |         HasFakeEdge = true; | 
 | 1116 |       } else if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(CEE)) { | 
| Mike Stump | 79a1411 | 2009-07-23 22:40:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1117 |         if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(DRE->getDecl())) { | 
 | 1118 |           if (FD->hasAttr<NoReturnAttr>()) { | 
 | 1119 |             NoReturnEdge = true; | 
 | 1120 |             HasFakeEdge = true; | 
| Mike Stump | b1682c5 | 2009-07-22 23:56:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1121 |           } | 
 | 1122 |         } | 
 | 1123 |       } | 
| Mike Stump | 79a1411 | 2009-07-23 22:40:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1124 |     } | 
 | 1125 |     // FIXME: Add noreturn message sends. | 
| Mike Stump | b1682c5 | 2009-07-22 23:56:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1126 |     if (NoReturnEdge == false) | 
 | 1127 |       HasPlainEdge = true; | 
 | 1128 |   } | 
| Mike Stump | 79a1411 | 2009-07-23 22:40:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1129 |   if (!HasPlainEdge) | 
 | 1130 |     return NeverFallThrough; | 
 | 1131 |   if (HasFakeEdge || HasLiveReturn) | 
 | 1132 |     return MaybeFallThrough; | 
 | 1133 |   // This says AlwaysFallThrough for calls to functions that are not marked | 
 | 1134 |   // noreturn, that don't return.  If people would like this warning to be more | 
 | 1135 |   // accurate, such functions should be marked as noreturn. | 
 | 1136 |   return AlwaysFallThrough; | 
| Mike Stump | b1682c5 | 2009-07-22 23:56:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1137 | } | 
 | 1138 |  | 
 | 1139 | /// CheckFallThroughForFunctionDef - Check that we don't fall off the end of a | 
| Mike Stump | 5f28a1e | 2009-07-24 02:49:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1140 | /// function that should return a value.  Check that we don't fall off the end | 
| Mike Stump | 5692586 | 2009-07-28 22:04:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1141 | /// of a noreturn function.  We assume that functions and blocks not marked | 
 | 1142 | /// noreturn will return. | 
| Mike Stump | b1682c5 | 2009-07-22 23:56:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1143 | void Sema::CheckFallThroughForFunctionDef(Decl *D, Stmt *Body) { | 
| Mike Stump | 79a1411 | 2009-07-23 22:40:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1144 |   // FIXME: Would be nice if we had a better way to control cascading errors, | 
 | 1145 |   // but for now, avoid them.  The problem is that when Parse sees: | 
 | 1146 |   //   int foo() { return a; } | 
 | 1147 |   // The return is eaten and the Sema code sees just: | 
 | 1148 |   //   int foo() { } | 
 | 1149 |   // which this code would then warn about. | 
| Mike Stump | b1682c5 | 2009-07-22 23:56:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1150 |   if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) | 
 | 1151 |     return; | 
| Mike Stump | 5f28a1e | 2009-07-24 02:49:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1152 |   bool ReturnsVoid = false; | 
 | 1153 |   bool HasNoReturn = false; | 
 | 1154 |   if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { | 
 | 1155 |     if (FD->getResultType()->isVoidType()) | 
 | 1156 |       ReturnsVoid = true; | 
 | 1157 |     if (FD->hasAttr<NoReturnAttr>()) | 
 | 1158 |       HasNoReturn = true; | 
 | 1159 |   } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) { | 
 | 1160 |     if (MD->getResultType()->isVoidType()) | 
 | 1161 |       ReturnsVoid = true; | 
 | 1162 |     if (MD->hasAttr<NoReturnAttr>()) | 
 | 1163 |       HasNoReturn = true; | 
 | 1164 |   } | 
 | 1165 |      | 
| Mike Stump | 4d9d51a | 2009-07-28 23:11:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1166 |   // Short circuit for compilation speed. | 
| Mike Stump | 5f28a1e | 2009-07-24 02:49:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1167 |   if ((Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_maybe_falloff_nonvoid_function) | 
 | 1168 |        == Diagnostic::Ignored || ReturnsVoid) | 
 | 1169 |       && (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_noreturn_function_has_return_expr) | 
| Mike Stump | 4d9d51a | 2009-07-28 23:11:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1170 |           == Diagnostic::Ignored || !HasNoReturn) | 
 | 1171 |       && (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_suggest_noreturn_block) | 
 | 1172 |           == Diagnostic::Ignored || !ReturnsVoid)) | 
| Mike Stump | b1682c5 | 2009-07-22 23:56:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1173 |     return; | 
 | 1174 |   // FIXME: Funtion try block | 
 | 1175 |   if (CompoundStmt *Compound = dyn_cast<CompoundStmt>(Body)) { | 
 | 1176 |     switch (CheckFallThrough(Body)) { | 
 | 1177 |     case MaybeFallThrough: | 
| Mike Stump | 5f28a1e | 2009-07-24 02:49:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1178 |       if (HasNoReturn) | 
 | 1179 |         Diag(Compound->getRBracLoc(), diag::warn_falloff_noreturn_function); | 
 | 1180 |       else if (!ReturnsVoid) | 
 | 1181 |         Diag(Compound->getRBracLoc(),diag::warn_maybe_falloff_nonvoid_function); | 
| Mike Stump | b1682c5 | 2009-07-22 23:56:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1182 |       break; | 
 | 1183 |     case AlwaysFallThrough: | 
| Mike Stump | 5f28a1e | 2009-07-24 02:49:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1184 |       if (HasNoReturn) | 
 | 1185 |         Diag(Compound->getRBracLoc(), diag::warn_falloff_noreturn_function); | 
 | 1186 |       else if (!ReturnsVoid) | 
 | 1187 |         Diag(Compound->getRBracLoc(), diag::warn_falloff_nonvoid_function); | 
| Mike Stump | b1682c5 | 2009-07-22 23:56:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1188 |       break; | 
 | 1189 |     case NeverFallThrough: | 
| Mike Stump | 4d9d51a | 2009-07-28 23:11:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1190 |       if (ReturnsVoid) | 
 | 1191 |         Diag(Compound->getLBracLoc(), diag::warn_suggest_noreturn_function); | 
| Mike Stump | b1682c5 | 2009-07-22 23:56:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1192 |       break; | 
 | 1193 |     } | 
 | 1194 |   } | 
 | 1195 | } | 
 | 1196 |  | 
| Mike Stump | 5692586 | 2009-07-28 22:04:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1197 | /// CheckFallThroughForBlock - Check that we don't fall off the end of a block | 
 | 1198 | /// that should return a value.  Check that we don't fall off the end of a | 
 | 1199 | /// noreturn block.  We assume that functions and blocks not marked noreturn | 
 | 1200 | /// will return. | 
 | 1201 | void Sema::CheckFallThroughForBlock(QualType BlockTy, Stmt *Body) { | 
 | 1202 |   // FIXME: Would be nice if we had a better way to control cascading errors, | 
 | 1203 |   // but for now, avoid them.  The problem is that when Parse sees: | 
 | 1204 |   //   int foo() { return a; } | 
 | 1205 |   // The return is eaten and the Sema code sees just: | 
 | 1206 |   //   int foo() { } | 
 | 1207 |   // which this code would then warn about. | 
 | 1208 |   if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) | 
 | 1209 |     return; | 
 | 1210 |   bool ReturnsVoid = false; | 
 | 1211 |   bool HasNoReturn = false; | 
 | 1212 |   if (const FunctionType *FT = BlockTy->getPointeeType()->getAsFunctionType()) { | 
 | 1213 |     if (FT->getResultType()->isVoidType()) | 
 | 1214 |       ReturnsVoid = true; | 
 | 1215 |     if (FT->getNoReturnAttr()) | 
 | 1216 |       HasNoReturn = true; | 
 | 1217 |   } | 
 | 1218 |      | 
| Mike Stump | 4d9d51a | 2009-07-28 23:11:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1219 |   // Short circuit for compilation speed. | 
 | 1220 |   if (ReturnsVoid | 
 | 1221 |       && !HasNoReturn | 
 | 1222 |       && (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_suggest_noreturn_block) | 
 | 1223 |           == Diagnostic::Ignored || !ReturnsVoid)) | 
| Mike Stump | 5692586 | 2009-07-28 22:04:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1224 |     return; | 
 | 1225 |   // FIXME: Funtion try block | 
 | 1226 |   if (CompoundStmt *Compound = dyn_cast<CompoundStmt>(Body)) { | 
 | 1227 |     switch (CheckFallThrough(Body)) { | 
 | 1228 |     case MaybeFallThrough: | 
 | 1229 |       if (HasNoReturn) | 
 | 1230 |         Diag(Compound->getRBracLoc(), diag::err_noreturn_block_has_return_expr); | 
 | 1231 |       else if (!ReturnsVoid) | 
 | 1232 |         Diag(Compound->getRBracLoc(), diag::err_maybe_falloff_nonvoid_block); | 
 | 1233 |       break; | 
 | 1234 |     case AlwaysFallThrough: | 
 | 1235 |       if (HasNoReturn) | 
 | 1236 |         Diag(Compound->getRBracLoc(), diag::err_noreturn_block_has_return_expr); | 
 | 1237 |       else if (!ReturnsVoid) | 
 | 1238 |         Diag(Compound->getRBracLoc(), diag::err_falloff_nonvoid_block); | 
 | 1239 |       break; | 
 | 1240 |     case NeverFallThrough: | 
| Mike Stump | 4d9d51a | 2009-07-28 23:11:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1241 |       if (ReturnsVoid) | 
 | 1242 |         Diag(Compound->getLBracLoc(), diag::warn_suggest_noreturn_block); | 
| Mike Stump | 5692586 | 2009-07-28 22:04:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1243 |       break; | 
 | 1244 |     } | 
 | 1245 |   } | 
 | 1246 | } | 
 | 1247 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 0442108 | 2008-04-08 04:40:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1248 | /// CheckParmsForFunctionDef - Check that the parameters of the given | 
 | 1249 | /// function are appropriate for the definition of a function. This | 
 | 1250 | /// takes care of any checks that cannot be performed on the | 
 | 1251 | /// declaration itself, e.g., that the types of each of the function | 
 | 1252 | /// parameters are complete. | 
 | 1253 | bool Sema::CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FunctionDecl *FD) { | 
 | 1254 |   bool HasInvalidParm = false; | 
 | 1255 |   for (unsigned p = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); p < NumParams; ++p) { | 
 | 1256 |     ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(p); | 
 | 1257 |  | 
 | 1258 |     // C99 6.7.5.3p4: the parameters in a parameter type list in a | 
 | 1259 |     // function declarator that is part of a function definition of | 
 | 1260 |     // that function shall not have incomplete type. | 
| Douglas Gregor | e7450f5 | 2009-03-24 19:52:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1261 |     // | 
 | 1262 |     // This is also C++ [dcl.fct]p6. | 
| Douglas Gregor | 4ec339f | 2009-01-19 19:26:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1263 |     if (!Param->isInvalidDecl() && | 
| Douglas Gregor | 86447ec | 2009-03-09 16:13:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1264 |         RequireCompleteType(Param->getLocation(), Param->getType(), | 
| Douglas Gregor | 4ec339f | 2009-01-19 19:26:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1265 |                                diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { | 
| Chris Lattner | 0442108 | 2008-04-08 04:40:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1266 |       Param->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 | 1267 |       HasInvalidParm = true; | 
 | 1268 |     } | 
| Chris Lattner | 777f07b | 2008-12-17 07:32:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1269 |      | 
 | 1270 |     // C99 6.9.1p5: If the declarator includes a parameter type list, the | 
 | 1271 |     // declaration of each parameter shall include an identifier. | 
| Douglas Gregor | 450da98 | 2009-02-16 20:58:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1272 |     if (Param->getIdentifier() == 0 &&  | 
 | 1273 |         !Param->isImplicit() && | 
 | 1274 |         !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) | 
| Chris Lattner | 777f07b | 2008-12-17 07:32:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1275 |       Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_parameter_name_omitted); | 
| Chris Lattner | 0442108 | 2008-04-08 04:40:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1276 |   } | 
 | 1277 |  | 
 | 1278 |   return HasInvalidParm; | 
 | 1279 | } | 
 | 1280 |  | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1281 | /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with | 
 | 1282 | /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. | 
| Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1283 | Sema::DeclPtrTy Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS) { | 
| Eli Friedman | d296836 | 2009-04-09 21:26:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1284 |   // FIXME: Error on auto/register at file scope | 
 | 1285 |   // FIXME: Error on inline/virtual/explicit | 
 | 1286 |   // FIXME: Error on invalid restrict | 
| Eli Friedman | 63054b3 | 2009-04-19 20:27:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1287 |   // FIXME: Warn on useless __thread | 
| Eli Friedman | d296836 | 2009-04-09 21:26:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1288 |   // FIXME: Warn on useless const/volatile | 
 | 1289 |   // FIXME: Warn on useless static/extern/typedef/private_extern/mutable | 
 | 1290 |   // FIXME: Warn on useless attributes | 
| Douglas Gregor | 1a51b4a | 2009-02-09 15:09:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1291 |   TagDecl *Tag = 0; | 
 | 1292 |   if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class || | 
 | 1293 |       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct || | 
 | 1294 |       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union || | 
| Douglas Gregor | 4d9a16f | 2009-05-12 23:25:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1295 |       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { | 
 | 1296 |     if (!DS.getTypeRep()) // We probably had an error | 
 | 1297 |       return DeclPtrTy(); | 
 | 1298 |  | 
| John McCall | 67d1a67 | 2009-08-06 02:15:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1299 |     // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the | 
 | 1300 |     // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others | 
 | 1301 |     // it's a Type. | 
| Douglas Gregor | 1a51b4a | 2009-02-09 15:09:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1302 |     Tag = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(static_cast<Decl *>(DS.getTypeRep())); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 4d9a16f | 2009-05-12 23:25:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1303 |   } | 
| Douglas Gregor | 1a51b4a | 2009-02-09 15:09:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1304 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 4920f1f | 2009-01-12 22:49:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1305 |   if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) { | 
 | 1306 |     if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isDefinition() && | 
| Douglas Gregor | a71c129 | 2009-03-06 23:06:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1307 |         DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { | 
 | 1308 |       if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || | 
 | 1309 |           Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) | 
 | 1310 |         return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, Record); | 
 | 1311 |  | 
 | 1312 |       Diag(DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::err_no_declarators) | 
 | 1313 |         << DS.getSourceRange(); | 
 | 1314 |     } | 
| Douglas Gregor | 4920f1f | 2009-01-12 22:49:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1315 |  | 
 | 1316 |     // Microsoft allows unnamed struct/union fields. Don't complain | 
 | 1317 |     // about them. | 
 | 1318 |     // FIXME: Should we support Microsoft's extensions in this area? | 
 | 1319 |     if (Record->getDeclName() && getLangOptions().Microsoft) | 
| Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1320 |       return DeclPtrTy::make(Tag); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 4920f1f | 2009-01-12 22:49:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1321 |   } | 
 | 1322 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | ddc29e1 | 2009-02-06 22:42:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1323 |   if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk() &&  | 
 | 1324 |       DS.getTypeSpecType() != DeclSpec::TST_error) { | 
| Douglas Gregor | 21282df | 2009-01-22 16:23:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1325 |     // Warn about typedefs of enums without names, since this is an | 
 | 1326 |     // extension in both Microsoft an GNU. | 
| Douglas Gregor | 8158f69 | 2009-01-17 02:55:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1327 |     if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && | 
 | 1328 |         Tag && isa<EnumDecl>(Tag)) { | 
| Douglas Gregor | 21282df | 2009-01-22 16:23:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1329 |       Diag(DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name) | 
| Douglas Gregor | ee159c1 | 2009-01-13 23:10:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1330 |         << DS.getSourceRange(); | 
| Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1331 |       return DeclPtrTy::make(Tag); | 
| Douglas Gregor | ee159c1 | 2009-01-13 23:10:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1332 |     } | 
 | 1333 |  | 
| Sebastian Redl | a4ed0d8 | 2008-12-28 15:28:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1334 |     Diag(DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::err_no_declarators) | 
 | 1335 |       << DS.getSourceRange(); | 
| Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1336 |     return DeclPtrTy(); | 
| Sebastian Redl | a4ed0d8 | 2008-12-28 15:28:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1337 |   } | 
| Douglas Gregor | bcbffc4 | 2009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1338 |    | 
| Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1339 |   return DeclPtrTy::make(Tag); | 
| Douglas Gregor | bcbffc4 | 2009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1340 | } | 
 | 1341 |  | 
 | 1342 | /// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the | 
 | 1343 | /// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner | 
 | 1344 | /// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize | 
 | 1345 | /// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or | 
 | 1346 | /// struct, e.g., | 
 | 1347 | /// | 
 | 1348 | /// @code | 
 | 1349 | /// union { | 
 | 1350 | ///   int i; | 
 | 1351 | ///   float f; | 
 | 1352 | /// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and | 
 | 1353 | ///    // f into the surrounding scope.x | 
 | 1354 | /// @endcode | 
 | 1355 | /// | 
 | 1356 | /// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous | 
 | 1357 | /// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well. | 
 | 1358 | bool Sema::InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Scope *S, DeclContext *Owner, | 
 | 1359 |                                                RecordDecl *AnonRecord) { | 
 | 1360 |   bool Invalid = false; | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 17945a0 | 2009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1361 |   for (RecordDecl::field_iterator F = AnonRecord->field_begin(), | 
 | 1362 |                                FEnd = AnonRecord->field_end(); | 
| Douglas Gregor | bcbffc4 | 2009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1363 |        F != FEnd; ++F) { | 
 | 1364 |     if ((*F)->getDeclName()) { | 
| Douglas Gregor | 47b9a1c | 2009-02-04 17:27:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1365 |       NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupQualifiedName(Owner, (*F)->getDeclName(), | 
 | 1366 |                                                 LookupOrdinaryName, true); | 
| Douglas Gregor | bcbffc4 | 2009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1367 |       if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { | 
 | 1368 |         // C++ [class.union]p2: | 
 | 1369 |         //   The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be | 
 | 1370 |         //   distinct from the names of any other entity in the | 
 | 1371 |         //   scope in which the anonymous union is declared. | 
 | 1372 |         unsigned diagKind  | 
 | 1373 |           = AnonRecord->isUnion()? diag::err_anonymous_union_member_redecl | 
 | 1374 |                                  : diag::err_anonymous_struct_member_redecl; | 
 | 1375 |         Diag((*F)->getLocation(), diagKind) | 
 | 1376 |           << (*F)->getDeclName(); | 
 | 1377 |         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); | 
 | 1378 |         Invalid = true; | 
 | 1379 |       } else { | 
 | 1380 |         // C++ [class.union]p2: | 
 | 1381 |         //   For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union | 
 | 1382 |         //   definition, the members of the anonymous union are | 
 | 1383 |         //   considered to have been defined in the scope in which the | 
 | 1384 |         //   anonymous union is declared. | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 17945a0 | 2009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1385 |         Owner->makeDeclVisibleInContext(*F); | 
| Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1386 |         S->AddDecl(DeclPtrTy::make(*F)); | 
| Douglas Gregor | bcbffc4 | 2009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1387 |         IdResolver.AddDecl(*F); | 
 | 1388 |       } | 
 | 1389 |     } else if (const RecordType *InnerRecordType | 
| Ted Kremenek | 6217b80 | 2009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1390 |                  = (*F)->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()) { | 
| Douglas Gregor | bcbffc4 | 2009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1391 |       RecordDecl *InnerRecord = InnerRecordType->getDecl(); | 
 | 1392 |       if (InnerRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) | 
 | 1393 |         Invalid = Invalid ||  | 
 | 1394 |           InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(S, Owner, InnerRecord); | 
 | 1395 |     } | 
 | 1396 |   } | 
 | 1397 |  | 
 | 1398 |   return Invalid; | 
 | 1399 | } | 
 | 1400 |  | 
 | 1401 | /// ActOnAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an | 
 | 1402 | /// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature | 
 | 1403 | /// (C++ [class.union]) and a GNU C extension; anonymous structures | 
 | 1404 | /// are a GNU C and GNU C++ extension.  | 
| Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1405 | Sema::DeclPtrTy Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, | 
 | 1406 |                                                   RecordDecl *Record) { | 
| Douglas Gregor | bcbffc4 | 2009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1407 |   DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext(); | 
 | 1408 |  | 
 | 1409 |   // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension. | 
 | 1410 |   if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) | 
 | 1411 |     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union); | 
 | 1412 |   else if (!Record->isUnion()) | 
 | 1413 |     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct); | 
 | 1414 |    | 
 | 1415 |   // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous | 
 | 1416 |   // structs/unions. | 
 | 1417 |   bool Invalid = false; | 
 | 1418 |   if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { | 
 | 1419 |     const char* PrevSpec = 0; | 
| John McCall | fec5401 | 2009-08-03 20:12:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1420 |     unsigned DiagID; | 
| Douglas Gregor | bcbffc4 | 2009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1421 |     // C++ [class.union]p3: | 
 | 1422 |     //   Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the | 
 | 1423 |     //   global namespace shall be declared static. | 
 | 1424 |     if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static && | 
 | 1425 |         (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Owner) || | 
 | 1426 |          (isa<NamespaceDecl>(Owner) &&  | 
 | 1427 |           cast<NamespaceDecl>(Owner)->getDeclName()))) { | 
 | 1428 |       Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static); | 
 | 1429 |       Invalid = true; | 
 | 1430 |  | 
 | 1431 |       // Recover by adding 'static'. | 
| John McCall | fec5401 | 2009-08-03 20:12:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1432 |       DS.SetStorageClassSpec(DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(), | 
 | 1433 |                              PrevSpec, DiagID); | 
| Douglas Gregor | bcbffc4 | 2009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1434 |     }  | 
 | 1435 |     // C++ [class.union]p3: | 
 | 1436 |     //   A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an | 
 | 1437 |     //   anonymous union in a class scope. | 
 | 1438 |     else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified && | 
 | 1439 |              isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { | 
 | 1440 |       Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(),  | 
 | 1441 |            diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec); | 
 | 1442 |       Invalid = true; | 
 | 1443 |  | 
 | 1444 |       // Recover by removing the storage specifier. | 
 | 1445 |       DS.SetStorageClassSpec(DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified, SourceLocation(), | 
| John McCall | fec5401 | 2009-08-03 20:12:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1446 |                              PrevSpec, DiagID); | 
| Douglas Gregor | bcbffc4 | 2009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1447 |     } | 
| Douglas Gregor | 6b3945f | 2009-01-07 19:46:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1448 |  | 
 | 1449 |     // C++ [class.union]p2:  | 
 | 1450 |     //   The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only | 
 | 1451 |     //   define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and | 
 | 1452 |     //   functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ] | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 17945a0 | 2009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1453 |     for (DeclContext::decl_iterator Mem = Record->decls_begin(), | 
 | 1454 |                                  MemEnd = Record->decls_end(); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 6b3945f | 2009-01-07 19:46:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1455 |          Mem != MemEnd; ++Mem) { | 
 | 1456 |       if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(*Mem)) { | 
 | 1457 |         // C++ [class.union]p3: | 
 | 1458 |         //   An anonymous union shall not have private or protected | 
 | 1459 |         //   members (clause 11). | 
 | 1460 |         if (FD->getAccess() == AS_protected || FD->getAccess() == AS_private) { | 
 | 1461 |           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member) | 
 | 1462 |             << (int)Record->isUnion() << (int)(FD->getAccess() == AS_protected); | 
 | 1463 |           Invalid = true; | 
 | 1464 |         } | 
 | 1465 |       } else if ((*Mem)->isImplicit()) { | 
 | 1466 |         // Any implicit members are fine. | 
| Douglas Gregor | 1931b44 | 2009-02-03 00:34:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1467 |       } else if (isa<TagDecl>(*Mem) && (*Mem)->getDeclContext() != Record) { | 
 | 1468 |         // This is a type that showed up in an | 
 | 1469 |         // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or | 
 | 1470 |         // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the | 
 | 1471 |         // anonymous struct or union. It's okay. | 
| Douglas Gregor | 6b3945f | 2009-01-07 19:46:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1472 |       } else if (RecordDecl *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(*Mem)) { | 
 | 1473 |         if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() && | 
 | 1474 |             MemRecord->getDeclName()) { | 
 | 1475 |           // This is a nested type declaration. | 
 | 1476 |           Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) | 
 | 1477 |             << (int)Record->isUnion(); | 
 | 1478 |           Invalid = true; | 
 | 1479 |         } | 
 | 1480 |       } else { | 
 | 1481 |         // We have something that isn't a non-static data | 
 | 1482 |         // member. Complain about it. | 
 | 1483 |         unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member; | 
 | 1484 |         if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Mem)) | 
 | 1485 |           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type; | 
 | 1486 |         else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(*Mem)) | 
 | 1487 |           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function; | 
 | 1488 |         else if (isa<VarDecl>(*Mem)) | 
 | 1489 |           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static; | 
 | 1490 |         Diag((*Mem)->getLocation(), DK) | 
 | 1491 |             << (int)Record->isUnion(); | 
 | 1492 |           Invalid = true; | 
 | 1493 |       } | 
 | 1494 |     } | 
| Douglas Gregor | a71c129 | 2009-03-06 23:06:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1495 |   }  | 
| Douglas Gregor | bcbffc4 | 2009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1496 |  | 
 | 1497 |   if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) { | 
| Douglas Gregor | 4920f1f | 2009-01-12 22:49:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1498 |     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member) | 
 | 1499 |       << (int)getLangOptions().CPlusPlus; | 
| Douglas Gregor | bcbffc4 | 2009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1500 |     Invalid = true; | 
 | 1501 |   } | 
 | 1502 |  | 
 | 1503 |   // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union.  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 4afa39d | 2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1504 |   NamedDecl *Anon = 0; | 
| Douglas Gregor | bcbffc4 | 2009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1505 |   if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { | 
 | 1506 |     Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass, Record->getLocation(), | 
 | 1507 |                              /*IdentifierInfo=*/0,  | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | a5d8200 | 2009-08-21 00:31:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1508 |                              Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), | 
 | 1509 |                              // FIXME: Type source info. | 
 | 1510 |                              /*DInfo=*/0, | 
 | 1511 |                              /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 6b3945f | 2009-01-07 19:46:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1512 |     Anon->setAccess(AS_public); | 
 | 1513 |     if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) | 
 | 1514 |       FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon)); | 
| Douglas Gregor | bcbffc4 | 2009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1515 |   } else { | 
 | 1516 |     VarDecl::StorageClass SC; | 
 | 1517 |     switch (DS.getStorageClassSpec()) { | 
 | 1518 |     default: assert(0 && "Unknown storage class!"); | 
 | 1519 |     case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified:    SC = VarDecl::None; break; | 
 | 1520 |     case DeclSpec::SCS_extern:         SC = VarDecl::Extern; break; | 
 | 1521 |     case DeclSpec::SCS_static:         SC = VarDecl::Static; break; | 
 | 1522 |     case DeclSpec::SCS_auto:           SC = VarDecl::Auto; break; | 
 | 1523 |     case DeclSpec::SCS_register:       SC = VarDecl::Register; break; | 
 | 1524 |     case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: SC = VarDecl::PrivateExtern; break; | 
 | 1525 |     case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: | 
 | 1526 |       // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always | 
 | 1527 |       // an error here | 
 | 1528 |       Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); | 
 | 1529 |       Invalid = true; | 
 | 1530 |       SC = VarDecl::None; | 
 | 1531 |       break; | 
 | 1532 |     } | 
 | 1533 |  | 
 | 1534 |     Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner, Record->getLocation(), | 
 | 1535 |                            /*IdentifierInfo=*/0,  | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | a5d8200 | 2009-08-21 00:31:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1536 |                            Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), | 
 | 1537 |                            // FIXME: Type source info. | 
 | 1538 |                            /*DInfo=*/0, | 
 | 1539 |                            SC); | 
| Douglas Gregor | bcbffc4 | 2009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1540 |   } | 
| Douglas Gregor | 6b3945f | 2009-01-07 19:46:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1541 |   Anon->setImplicit(); | 
| Douglas Gregor | bcbffc4 | 2009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1542 |  | 
 | 1543 |   // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current | 
 | 1544 |   // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of | 
 | 1545 |   // its members. | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 17945a0 | 2009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1546 |   Owner->addDecl(Anon); | 
| Douglas Gregor | bcbffc4 | 2009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1547 |  | 
 | 1548 |   // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning | 
 | 1549 |   // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup | 
 | 1550 |   // purposes. | 
| Douglas Gregor | 4920f1f | 2009-01-12 22:49:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1551 |   if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(S, Owner, Record)) | 
 | 1552 |     Invalid = true; | 
| Douglas Gregor | bcbffc4 | 2009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1553 |  | 
 | 1554 |   // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type. Note that we do not | 
 | 1555 |   // do this until after we have already checked and injected the | 
 | 1556 |   // members of this anonymous struct/union type, because otherwise | 
 | 1557 |   // the members could be injected twice: once by DeclContext when it | 
 | 1558 |   // builds its lookup table, and once by | 
 | 1559 |   // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers.  | 
 | 1560 |   Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true); | 
 | 1561 |  | 
 | 1562 |   if (Invalid) | 
 | 1563 |     Anon->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 | 1564 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1565 |   return DeclPtrTy::make(Anon); | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1566 | } | 
 | 1567 |  | 
| Steve Naroff | f009063 | 2007-09-02 02:04:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1568 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 10bd368 | 2008-11-17 22:58:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1569 | /// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the | 
 | 1570 | /// given Declarator. | 
 | 1571 | DeclarationName Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) { | 
 | 1572 |   switch (D.getKind()) { | 
 | 1573 |   case Declarator::DK_Abstract: | 
 | 1574 |     assert(D.getIdentifier() == 0 && "abstract declarators have no name"); | 
 | 1575 |     return DeclarationName(); | 
 | 1576 |  | 
 | 1577 |   case Declarator::DK_Normal: | 
 | 1578 |     assert (D.getIdentifier() != 0 && "normal declarators have an identifier"); | 
 | 1579 |     return DeclarationName(D.getIdentifier()); | 
 | 1580 |  | 
 | 1581 |   case Declarator::DK_Constructor: { | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | e866190 | 2009-08-19 01:28:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1582 |     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(D.getDeclaratorIdType()); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 50d62d1 | 2009-08-05 05:36:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1583 |     return Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( | 
 | 1584 |                                                 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 10bd368 | 2008-11-17 22:58:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1585 |   } | 
 | 1586 |  | 
 | 1587 |   case Declarator::DK_Destructor: { | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | e866190 | 2009-08-19 01:28:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1588 |     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(D.getDeclaratorIdType()); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 50d62d1 | 2009-08-05 05:36:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1589 |     return Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( | 
 | 1590 |                                                 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 10bd368 | 2008-11-17 22:58:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1591 |   } | 
 | 1592 |  | 
 | 1593 |   case Declarator::DK_Conversion: { | 
| Douglas Gregor | 1a51b4a | 2009-02-09 15:09:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1594 |     // FIXME: We'd like to keep the non-canonical type for diagnostics! | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | e866190 | 2009-08-19 01:28:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1595 |     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(D.getDeclaratorIdType()); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 50d62d1 | 2009-08-05 05:36:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1596 |     return Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName( | 
 | 1597 |                                                 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 10bd368 | 2008-11-17 22:58:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1598 |   } | 
| Douglas Gregor | e94ca9e4 | 2008-11-18 14:39:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1599 |  | 
 | 1600 |   case Declarator::DK_Operator: | 
 | 1601 |     assert(D.getIdentifier() == 0 && "operator names have no identifier"); | 
 | 1602 |     return Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName( | 
 | 1603 |                                                 D.getOverloadedOperator()); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 10bd368 | 2008-11-17 22:58:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1604 |   } | 
 | 1605 |  | 
 | 1606 |   assert(false && "Unknown name kind"); | 
 | 1607 |   return DeclarationName(); | 
 | 1608 | } | 
 | 1609 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 4ce205f | 2009-02-06 17:46:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1610 | /// isNearlyMatchingFunction - Determine whether the C++ functions | 
 | 1611 | /// Declaration and Definition are "nearly" matching. This heuristic | 
 | 1612 | /// is used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line | 
 | 1613 | /// function definition doesn't match any declaration within | 
 | 1614 | /// the class or namespace. | 
 | 1615 | static bool isNearlyMatchingFunction(ASTContext &Context, | 
 | 1616 |                                      FunctionDecl *Declaration, | 
 | 1617 |                                      FunctionDecl *Definition) { | 
| Douglas Gregor | 584049d | 2008-12-15 23:53:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1618 |   if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size()) | 
 | 1619 |     return false; | 
 | 1620 |   for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) { | 
 | 1621 |     QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); | 
 | 1622 |     QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); | 
 | 1623 |  | 
 | 1624 |     DeclParamTy = Context.getCanonicalType(DeclParamTy.getNonReferenceType()); | 
 | 1625 |     DefParamTy = Context.getCanonicalType(DefParamTy.getNonReferenceType()); | 
 | 1626 |     if (DeclParamTy.getUnqualifiedType() != DefParamTy.getUnqualifiedType()) | 
 | 1627 |       return false; | 
 | 1628 |   } | 
 | 1629 |  | 
 | 1630 |   return true; | 
 | 1631 | } | 
 | 1632 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1633 | Sema::DeclPtrTy  | 
| Douglas Gregor | e542c86 | 2009-06-23 23:11:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1634 | Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D,  | 
 | 1635 |                        MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, | 
 | 1636 |                        bool IsFunctionDefinition) { | 
| Douglas Gregor | 10bd368 | 2008-11-17 22:58:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1637 |   DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D); | 
 | 1638 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | e80a59c | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1639 |   // All of these full declarators require an identifier.  If it doesn't have | 
 | 1640 |   // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used. | 
| Douglas Gregor | 10bd368 | 2008-11-17 22:58:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1641 |   if (!Name) { | 
| Chris Lattner | eaaebc7 | 2009-04-25 08:06:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1642 |     if (!D.isInvalidType())  // Reject this if we think it is valid. | 
| Chris Lattner | 1f6f54b | 2008-11-11 06:13:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1643 |       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange().getBegin(), | 
| Chris Lattner | fa25bbb | 2008-11-19 05:08:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1644 |            diag::err_declarator_need_ident) | 
 | 1645 |         << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange(); | 
| Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1646 |     return DeclPtrTy(); | 
| Chris Lattner | e80a59c | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1647 |   } | 
| Douglas Gregor | dacd434 | 2009-08-26 00:04:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1648 |     | 
| Chris Lattner | 31e0572 | 2007-08-26 06:24:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1649 |   // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope.  Zip up the scope tree until | 
 | 1650 |   // we find one that is. | 
| Douglas Gregor | 44b4321 | 2008-12-11 16:49:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1651 |   while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 || | 
| Douglas Gregor | aaba5e3 | 2009-02-04 19:02:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1652 |          (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0) | 
| Chris Lattner | 31e0572 | 2007-08-26 06:24:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1653 |     S = S->getParent(); | 
 | 1654 |    | 
| Douglas Gregor | 4a959d8 | 2009-08-06 16:20:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1655 |   // If this is an out-of-line definition of a member of a class template | 
 | 1656 |   // or class template partial specialization, we may need to rebuild the | 
 | 1657 |   // type specifier in the declarator. See RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation() | 
 | 1658 |   // for more information. | 
 | 1659 |   // FIXME: cope with decltype(expr) and typeof(expr) once the rebuilder can | 
 | 1660 |   // handle expressions properly. | 
 | 1661 |   DeclSpec &DS = const_cast<DeclSpec&>(D.getDeclSpec()); | 
 | 1662 |   if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && !D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid() && | 
 | 1663 |       isDependentScopeSpecifier(D.getCXXScopeSpec()) && | 
 | 1664 |       (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename || | 
 | 1665 |        DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typeofType || | 
 | 1666 |        DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr || | 
 | 1667 |        DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_decltype)) { | 
 | 1668 |     if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true)) { | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | e866190 | 2009-08-19 01:28:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1669 |       // FIXME: Preserve type source info. | 
 | 1670 |       QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(DS.getTypeRep()); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 4a959d8 | 2009-08-06 16:20:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1671 |       EnterDeclaratorContext(S, DC); | 
 | 1672 |       T = RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(T, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name); | 
 | 1673 |       ExitDeclaratorContext(S); | 
 | 1674 |       if (T.isNull()) | 
 | 1675 |         return DeclPtrTy(); | 
 | 1676 |       DS.UpdateTypeRep(T.getAsOpaquePtr()); | 
 | 1677 |     } | 
 | 1678 |   } | 
 | 1679 |    | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | ef6e647 | 2008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1680 |   DeclContext *DC; | 
| Douglas Gregor | 47b9a1c | 2009-02-04 17:27:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1681 |   NamedDecl *PrevDecl; | 
| Douglas Gregor | 4afa39d | 2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1682 |   NamedDecl *New; | 
| Douglas Gregor | cda9c67 | 2009-02-16 17:45:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1683 |  | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | a1d5662 | 2009-08-19 01:27:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1684 |   DeclaratorInfo *DInfo = 0; | 
 | 1685 |   QualType R = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S, &DInfo); | 
| Douglas Gregor | d6f7e9d | 2009-02-24 20:03:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1686 |  | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | ef6e647 | 2008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1687 |   // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope. | 
| Douglas Gregor | 9fa14a5 | 2009-03-06 19:06:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1688 |   if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid()) { | 
 | 1689 |     DC = CurContext; | 
 | 1690 |     PrevDecl = 0; | 
| Chris Lattner | eaaebc7 | 2009-04-25 08:06:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1691 |     D.setInvalidType(); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 9fa14a5 | 2009-03-06 19:06:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1692 |   } else if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { | 
| Douglas Gregor | d6f7e9d | 2009-02-24 20:03:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1693 |     LookupNameKind NameKind = LookupOrdinaryName; | 
 | 1694 |  | 
 | 1695 |     // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function | 
 | 1696 |     // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with | 
 | 1697 |     // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6). | 
 | 1698 |     if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) | 
 | 1699 |       /* Do nothing*/; | 
 | 1700 |     else if (R->isFunctionType()) { | 
| Douglas Gregor | 6bec78d | 2009-07-07 17:00:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1701 |       if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || | 
 | 1702 |           D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) | 
| Douglas Gregor | d6f7e9d | 2009-02-24 20:03:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1703 |         NameKind = LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage; | 
 | 1704 |     } else if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern) | 
 | 1705 |       NameKind = LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage; | 
| Douglas Gregor | 6bec78d | 2009-07-07 17:00:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1706 |     else if (CurContext->getLookupContext()->isTranslationUnit() && | 
 | 1707 |              D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) | 
 | 1708 |       NameKind = LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage; | 
| Douglas Gregor | d6f7e9d | 2009-02-24 20:03:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1709 |  | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | ef6e647 | 2008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1710 |     DC = CurContext; | 
| Douglas Gregor | d6f7e9d | 2009-02-24 20:03:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1711 |     PrevDecl = LookupName(S, Name, NameKind, true,  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 6bec78d | 2009-07-07 17:00:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1712 |                           NameKind == LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage, | 
| Douglas Gregor | 3e41d60 | 2009-02-13 23:20:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1713 |                           D.getIdentifierLoc()); | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | ef6e647 | 2008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1714 |   } else { // Something like "int foo::x;" | 
| Douglas Gregor | f59a56e | 2009-07-21 23:53:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1715 |     DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true); | 
| Douglas Gregor | dacd434 | 2009-08-26 00:04:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1716 |      | 
 | 1717 |     if (!DC) { | 
 | 1718 |       // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the | 
 | 1719 |       // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class, | 
 | 1720 |       // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain | 
 | 1721 |       // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster. | 
 | 1722 |       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),  | 
 | 1723 |            diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match) | 
 | 1724 |         << (NestedNameSpecifier*)D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep() | 
 | 1725 |         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); | 
 | 1726 |       return DeclPtrTy(); | 
 | 1727 |     } | 
 | 1728 |      | 
| Douglas Gregor | 3e41d60 | 2009-02-13 23:20:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1729 |     PrevDecl = LookupQualifiedName(DC, Name, LookupOrdinaryName, true); | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | ef6e647 | 2008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1730 |  | 
 | 1731 |     // C++ 7.3.1.2p2: | 
 | 1732 |     // Members (including explicit specializations of templates) of a named | 
 | 1733 |     // namespace can also be defined outside that namespace by explicit | 
 | 1734 |     // qualification of the name being defined, provided that the entity being | 
 | 1735 |     // defined was already declared in the namespace and the definition appears | 
 | 1736 |     // after the point of declaration in a namespace that encloses the | 
 | 1737 |     // declarations namespace. | 
 | 1738 |     // | 
| Douglas Gregor | 584049d | 2008-12-15 23:53:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1739 |     // Note that we only check the context at this point. We don't yet | 
 | 1740 |     // have enough information to make sure that PrevDecl is actually | 
 | 1741 |     // the declaration we want to match. For example, given: | 
 | 1742 |     // | 
| Douglas Gregor | 9d35097 | 2008-12-12 08:25:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1743 |     //   class X { | 
 | 1744 |     //     void f(); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 584049d | 2008-12-15 23:53:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1745 |     //     void f(float); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 9d35097 | 2008-12-12 08:25:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1746 |     //   }; | 
 | 1747 |     // | 
| Douglas Gregor | 584049d | 2008-12-15 23:53:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1748 |     //   void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed | 
 | 1749 |     // | 
 | 1750 |     // In this case, PrevDecl will point to the overload set | 
 | 1751 |     // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them | 
 | 1752 |     // matches.  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 4ce205f | 2009-02-06 17:46:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1753 |  | 
 | 1754 |     // First check whether we named the global scope. | 
 | 1755 |     if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) { | 
 | 1756 |       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope)  | 
 | 1757 |         << Name << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); | 
 | 1758 |     } else if (!CurContext->Encloses(DC)) { | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | ef6e647 | 2008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1759 |       // The qualifying scope doesn't enclose the original declaration. | 
 | 1760 |       // Emit diagnostic based on current scope. | 
 | 1761 |       SourceLocation L = D.getIdentifierLoc(); | 
 | 1762 |       SourceRange R = D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 4ce205f | 2009-02-06 17:46:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1763 |       if (isa<FunctionDecl>(CurContext)) | 
| Chris Lattner | 011bb4e | 2008-11-23 20:28:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1764 |         Diag(L, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function) << Name << R; | 
| Douglas Gregor | 4ce205f | 2009-02-06 17:46:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1765 |       else  | 
| Chris Lattner | 011bb4e | 2008-11-23 20:28:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1766 |         Diag(L, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope) | 
| Douglas Gregor | 4ce205f | 2009-02-06 17:46:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1767 |           << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << R; | 
| Chris Lattner | eaaebc7 | 2009-04-25 08:06:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1768 |       D.setInvalidType(); | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | ef6e647 | 2008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1769 |     } | 
 | 1770 |   } | 
 | 1771 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | f57172b | 2008-12-08 18:40:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1772 |   if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { | 
| Douglas Gregor | 72c3f31 | 2008-12-05 18:15:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1773 |     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. | 
| Chris Lattner | eaaebc7 | 2009-04-25 08:06:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1774 |     if (!D.isInvalidType())  | 
 | 1775 |       if (DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl)) | 
 | 1776 |         D.setInvalidType(); | 
 | 1777 |      | 
| Douglas Gregor | 72c3f31 | 2008-12-05 18:15:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1778 |     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. | 
 | 1779 |     PrevDecl = 0; | 
 | 1780 |   } | 
 | 1781 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 2ce52f3 | 2008-04-13 21:07:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1782 |   // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type | 
 | 1783 |   // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the | 
| Douglas Gregor | 6697312 | 2009-01-28 17:15:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1784 |   // tag type. Note that this does does not apply if we're declaring a | 
 | 1785 |   // typedef (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4). | 
 | 1786 |   if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->getIdentifierNamespace() == Decl::IDNS_Tag && | 
 | 1787 |       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) | 
| Douglas Gregor | 2ce52f3 | 2008-04-13 21:07:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1788 |     PrevDecl = 0; | 
 | 1789 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | cda9c67 | 2009-02-16 17:45:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1790 |   bool Redeclaration = false; | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1791 |   if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { | 
| Douglas Gregor | e542c86 | 2009-06-23 23:11:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1792 |     if (TemplateParamLists.size()) { | 
 | 1793 |       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef); | 
 | 1794 |       return DeclPtrTy(); | 
 | 1795 |     } | 
 | 1796 |        | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | a1d5662 | 2009-08-19 01:27:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1797 |     New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, R, DInfo, PrevDecl, Redeclaration); | 
| Douglas Gregor | d6f7e9d | 2009-02-24 20:03:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1798 |   } else if (R->isFunctionType()) { | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | a1d5662 | 2009-08-19 01:27:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1799 |     New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, R, DInfo, PrevDecl,  | 
| Douglas Gregor | e542c86 | 2009-06-23 23:11:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1800 |                                   move(TemplateParamLists), | 
| Chris Lattner | eaaebc7 | 2009-04-25 08:06:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1801 |                                   IsFunctionDefinition, Redeclaration); | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1802 |   } else { | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | a1d5662 | 2009-08-19 01:27:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1803 |     New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, R, DInfo, PrevDecl,  | 
| Douglas Gregor | dfe3f2d | 2009-07-22 17:18:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1804 |                                   move(TemplateParamLists), | 
 | 1805 |                                   Redeclaration); | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1806 |   } | 
| Zhongxing Xu | 416fcaf | 2009-01-16 01:13:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1807 |  | 
 | 1808 |   if (New == 0) | 
| Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1809 |     return DeclPtrTy(); | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1810 |    | 
| Douglas Gregor | cda9c67 | 2009-02-16 17:45:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1811 |   // If this has an identifier and is not an invalid redeclaration, | 
 | 1812 |   // add it to the scope stack. | 
| Chris Lattner | eaaebc7 | 2009-04-25 08:06:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1813 |   if (Name && !(Redeclaration && New->isInvalidDecl())) | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 87f3ff0 | 2008-04-12 00:47:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1814 |     PushOnScopeChains(New, S); | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1815 |    | 
| Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1816 |   return DeclPtrTy::make(New); | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1817 | } | 
 | 1818 |  | 
| Eli Friedman | 1ca4813 | 2009-02-21 00:44:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1819 | /// TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType - Helper method to turn variable array | 
 | 1820 | /// types into constant array types in certain situations which would otherwise | 
 | 1821 | /// be errors (for GCC compatibility). | 
 | 1822 | static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T, | 
 | 1823 |                                                     ASTContext &Context, | 
 | 1824 |                                                     bool &SizeIsNegative) { | 
 | 1825 |   // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant | 
 | 1826 |   // array even when the size isn't an ICE.  This is necessary | 
 | 1827 |   // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy | 
 | 1828 |   // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];} | 
 | 1829 |   SizeIsNegative = false; | 
 | 1830 |  | 
 | 1831 |   if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(T)) { | 
 | 1832 |     QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType(); | 
 | 1833 |     QualType FixedType = | 
 | 1834 |         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative); | 
 | 1835 |     if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; | 
| Eli Friedman | 61125c8 | 2009-02-21 00:58:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1836 |     FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType); | 
 | 1837 |     FixedType.setCVRQualifiers(T.getCVRQualifiers()); | 
 | 1838 |     return FixedType; | 
| Eli Friedman | 1ca4813 | 2009-02-21 00:44:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1839 |   } | 
 | 1840 |  | 
 | 1841 |   const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T); | 
| Eli Friedman | bc592e6 | 2009-02-26 03:58:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1842 |   if (!VLATy) | 
 | 1843 |     return QualType(); | 
 | 1844 |   // FIXME: We should probably handle this case | 
 | 1845 |   if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) | 
 | 1846 |     return QualType(); | 
| Eli Friedman | 1ca4813 | 2009-02-21 00:44:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1847 |    | 
 | 1848 |   Expr::EvalResult EvalResult; | 
 | 1849 |   if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() || | 
| Eli Friedman | bc592e6 | 2009-02-26 03:58:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1850 |       !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->Evaluate(EvalResult, Context) || | 
 | 1851 |       !EvalResult.Val.isInt()) | 
| Eli Friedman | 1ca4813 | 2009-02-21 00:44:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1852 |     return QualType(); | 
| Eli Friedman | bc592e6 | 2009-02-26 03:58:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1853 |  | 
| Eli Friedman | 1ca4813 | 2009-02-21 00:44:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1854 |   llvm::APSInt &Res = EvalResult.Val.getInt(); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 7e7eb3d | 2009-07-06 15:59:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1855 |   if (Res >= llvm::APSInt(Res.getBitWidth(), Res.isUnsigned())) { | 
 | 1856 |     Expr* ArySizeExpr = VLATy->getSizeExpr(); | 
 | 1857 |     // FIXME: here we could "steal" (how?) ArySizeExpr from the VLA, | 
 | 1858 |     // so as to transfer ownership to the ConstantArrayWithExpr. | 
 | 1859 |     // Alternatively, we could "clone" it (how?). | 
 | 1860 |     // Since we don't know how to do things above, we just use the | 
 | 1861 |     // very same Expr*. | 
 | 1862 |     return Context.getConstantArrayWithExprType(VLATy->getElementType(), | 
 | 1863 |                                                 Res, ArySizeExpr, | 
 | 1864 |                                                 ArrayType::Normal, 0, | 
 | 1865 |                                                 VLATy->getBracketsRange()); | 
 | 1866 |   } | 
| Eli Friedman | 1ca4813 | 2009-02-21 00:44:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1867 |  | 
 | 1868 |   SizeIsNegative = true; | 
 | 1869 |   return QualType(); | 
 | 1870 | } | 
 | 1871 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 6393519 | 2009-03-02 00:19:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1872 | /// \brief Register the given locally-scoped external C declaration so | 
 | 1873 | /// that it can be found later for redeclarations | 
 | 1874 | void  | 
 | 1875 | Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, | 
 | 1876 |                                        Scope *S) { | 
 | 1877 |   assert(ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() && | 
 | 1878 |          "Decl is not a locally-scoped decl!"); | 
 | 1879 |   // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name. | 
 | 1880 |   LocallyScopedExternalDecls[ND->getDeclName()] = ND; | 
 | 1881 |  | 
 | 1882 |   if (!PrevDecl) | 
 | 1883 |     return; | 
 | 1884 |  | 
 | 1885 |   // If there was a previous declaration of this variable, it may be | 
 | 1886 |   // in our identifier chain. Update the identifier chain with the new | 
 | 1887 |   // declaration. | 
| Douglas Gregor | 2dc0e64 | 2009-03-23 23:06:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1888 |   if (S && IdResolver.ReplaceDecl(PrevDecl, ND)) { | 
| Douglas Gregor | 6393519 | 2009-03-02 00:19:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1889 |     // The previous declaration was found on the identifer resolver | 
 | 1890 |     // chain, so remove it from its scope. | 
| Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1891 |     while (S && !S->isDeclScope(DeclPtrTy::make(PrevDecl))) | 
| Douglas Gregor | 6393519 | 2009-03-02 00:19:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1892 |       S = S->getParent(); | 
 | 1893 |  | 
 | 1894 |     if (S) | 
| Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1895 |       S->RemoveDecl(DeclPtrTy::make(PrevDecl)); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 6393519 | 2009-03-02 00:19:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1896 |   } | 
 | 1897 | } | 
 | 1898 |  | 
| Eli Friedman | 85a5319 | 2009-04-07 19:37:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1899 | /// \brief Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that | 
 | 1900 | /// does not identify a function. | 
 | 1901 | void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(Declarator& D) { | 
 | 1902 |   // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid | 
 | 1903 |   // confusion for constructs like "inline int a(), b;" | 
 | 1904 |   if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified()) | 
 | 1905 |     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(),  | 
 | 1906 |          diag::err_inline_non_function); | 
 | 1907 |  | 
 | 1908 |   if (D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified()) | 
 | 1909 |     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),  | 
 | 1910 |          diag::err_virtual_non_function); | 
 | 1911 |  | 
 | 1912 |   if (D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified()) | 
 | 1913 |     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(),  | 
 | 1914 |          diag::err_explicit_non_function); | 
 | 1915 | } | 
 | 1916 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 4afa39d | 2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1917 | NamedDecl* | 
| Zhongxing Xu | d5ed8c3 | 2009-01-16 03:34:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1918 | Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | a1d5662 | 2009-08-19 01:27:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1919 |                              QualType R,  DeclaratorInfo *DInfo, | 
 | 1920 |                              Decl* PrevDecl, bool &Redeclaration) { | 
| Zhongxing Xu | d5ed8c3 | 2009-01-16 03:34:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1921 |   // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). | 
 | 1922 |   if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { | 
 | 1923 |     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator) | 
 | 1924 |       << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); | 
| Chris Lattner | eaaebc7 | 2009-04-25 08:06:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1925 |     D.setInvalidType(); | 
| Zhongxing Xu | d5ed8c3 | 2009-01-16 03:34:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1926 |     // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier. | 
 | 1927 |     DC = 0; | 
 | 1928 |   } | 
 | 1929 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 021c3b3 | 2009-03-11 23:00:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1930 |   if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { | 
 | 1931 |     // Check that there are no default arguments (C++ only). | 
| Zhongxing Xu | d5ed8c3 | 2009-01-16 03:34:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1932 |     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 021c3b3 | 2009-03-11 23:00:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1933 |   } | 
 | 1934 |  | 
| Eli Friedman | 85a5319 | 2009-04-07 19:37:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1935 |   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); | 
 | 1936 |  | 
| Eli Friedman | 63054b3 | 2009-04-19 20:27:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1937 |   if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) | 
 | 1938 |     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); | 
 | 1939 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 682bf92 | 2009-03-29 16:50:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1940 |   TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, R); | 
| Zhongxing Xu | d5ed8c3 | 2009-01-16 03:34:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1941 |   if (!NewTD) return 0; | 
| Chris Lattner | eaaebc7 | 2009-04-25 08:06:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1942 |    | 
 | 1943 |   if (D.isInvalidType()) | 
 | 1944 |     NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); | 
| Zhongxing Xu | d5ed8c3 | 2009-01-16 03:34:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1945 |  | 
 | 1946 |   // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl | 
| Douglas Gregor | 9cdda0c | 2009-06-17 21:51:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1947 |   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D); | 
| Zhongxing Xu | d5ed8c3 | 2009-01-16 03:34:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1948 |   // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is | 
 | 1949 |   // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing. | 
 | 1950 |   if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, DC, S)) { | 
| Douglas Gregor | cda9c67 | 2009-02-16 17:45:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1951 |     Redeclaration = true; | 
| Chris Lattner | eaaebc7 | 2009-04-25 08:06:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1952 |     MergeTypeDefDecl(NewTD, PrevDecl); | 
| Zhongxing Xu | d5ed8c3 | 2009-01-16 03:34:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1953 |   } | 
 | 1954 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 38c5ebd | 2009-04-19 05:21:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1955 |   // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type | 
 | 1956 |   // then it shall have block scope. | 
 | 1957 |   QualType T = NewTD->getUnderlyingType(); | 
 | 1958 |   if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { | 
 | 1959 |     CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = true; | 
 | 1960 |    | 
 | 1961 |     if (S->getFnParent() == 0) { | 
| Eli Friedman | 1ca4813 | 2009-02-21 00:44:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1962 |       bool SizeIsNegative; | 
 | 1963 |       QualType FixedTy = | 
 | 1964 |           TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T, Context, SizeIsNegative); | 
 | 1965 |       if (!FixedTy.isNull()) { | 
 | 1966 |         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); | 
 | 1967 |         NewTD->setUnderlyingType(FixedTy); | 
 | 1968 |       } else { | 
 | 1969 |         if (SizeIsNegative) | 
 | 1970 |           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); | 
 | 1971 |         else if (T->isVariableArrayType()) | 
 | 1972 |           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope); | 
 | 1973 |         else | 
 | 1974 |           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); | 
| Chris Lattner | eaaebc7 | 2009-04-25 08:06:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1975 |         NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); | 
| Eli Friedman | 1ca4813 | 2009-02-21 00:44:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1976 |       } | 
| Zhongxing Xu | d5ed8c3 | 2009-01-16 03:34:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1977 |     } | 
 | 1978 |   } | 
| Douglas Gregor | c29f77b | 2009-07-07 16:35:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1979 |  | 
 | 1980 |   // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. | 
 | 1981 |   if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier()) | 
 | 1982 |     if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() && | 
| Mike Stump | 782fa30 | 2009-07-28 02:25:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1983 |         NewTD->getDeclContext()->getLookupContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { | 
 | 1984 |       if (II->isStr("FILE")) | 
 | 1985 |         Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD); | 
 | 1986 |       else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf")) | 
 | 1987 |         Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); | 
 | 1988 |       else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf")) | 
 | 1989 |         Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); | 
 | 1990 |     } | 
 | 1991 |  | 
| Zhongxing Xu | d5ed8c3 | 2009-01-16 03:34:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1992 |   return NewTD; | 
 | 1993 | } | 
 | 1994 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 8f30105 | 2009-02-24 19:23:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1995 | /// \brief Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope | 
 | 1996 | /// previous declaration. | 
 | 1997 | /// | 
 | 1998 | /// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a | 
 | 1999 | /// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a | 
 | 2000 | /// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new | 
 | 2001 | /// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with | 
 | 2002 | /// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99 | 
 | 2003 | /// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6). | 
 | 2004 | /// | 
 | 2005 | /// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name | 
 | 2006 | /// lookup | 
 | 2007 | ///  | 
 | 2008 | /// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being | 
 | 2009 | /// declared. | 
 | 2010 | /// | 
 | 2011 | /// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration | 
 | 2012 | /// for a new delcaration with the same name. | 
 | 2013 | static bool  | 
 | 2014 | isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC, | 
 | 2015 |                                 ASTContext &Context) { | 
 | 2016 |   if (!PrevDecl) | 
 | 2017 |     return 0; | 
 | 2018 |  | 
 | 2019 |   // FIXME: PrevDecl could be an OverloadedFunctionDecl, in which | 
 | 2020 |   // case we need to check each of the overloaded functions. | 
| Douglas Gregor | d6f7e9d | 2009-02-24 20:03:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2021 |   if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage()) | 
 | 2022 |     return false; | 
| Douglas Gregor | 8f30105 | 2009-02-24 19:23:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2023 |  | 
 | 2024 |   if (Context.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { | 
 | 2025 |     // C++ [basic.link]p6: | 
 | 2026 |     //   If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage | 
 | 2027 |     //   having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared | 
 | 2028 |     //   outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block | 
 | 2029 |     //   scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the | 
 | 2030 |     //   linkage of the previous declaration. | 
 | 2031 |     DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getLookupContext(); | 
 | 2032 |     if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) | 
 | 2033 |       // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations. | 
 | 2034 |       return false; | 
 | 2035 |     else { | 
 | 2036 |       DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext(); | 
 | 2037 |       if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord()) | 
 | 2038 |         // We found a member function: ignore it. | 
 | 2039 |         return false; | 
 | 2040 |       else { | 
 | 2041 |         // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and | 
 | 2042 |         // previous declarations. | 
 | 2043 |         while (!OuterContext->isFileContext()) | 
 | 2044 |           OuterContext = OuterContext->getParent(); | 
 | 2045 |         while (!PrevOuterContext->isFileContext()) | 
 | 2046 |           PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getParent(); | 
 | 2047 |            | 
 | 2048 |         // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it | 
 | 2049 |         // isn't the same function. | 
 | 2050 |         if (OuterContext->getPrimaryContext() !=  | 
 | 2051 |             PrevOuterContext->getPrimaryContext()) | 
 | 2052 |           return false; | 
 | 2053 |       } | 
 | 2054 |     } | 
 | 2055 |   } | 
 | 2056 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 8f30105 | 2009-02-24 19:23:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2057 |   return true; | 
 | 2058 | } | 
 | 2059 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 4afa39d | 2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2060 | NamedDecl* | 
| Zhongxing Xu | cb8f4f1 | 2009-01-16 02:36:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2061 | Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | a1d5662 | 2009-08-19 01:27:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2062 |                               QualType R, DeclaratorInfo *DInfo, | 
 | 2063 |                               NamedDecl* PrevDecl, | 
| Douglas Gregor | dfe3f2d | 2009-07-22 17:18:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2064 |                               MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, | 
| Douglas Gregor | cda9c67 | 2009-02-16 17:45:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2065 |                               bool &Redeclaration) { | 
| Zhongxing Xu | cb8f4f1 | 2009-01-16 02:36:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2066 |   DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D); | 
 | 2067 |  | 
 | 2068 |   // Check that there are no default arguments (C++ only). | 
 | 2069 |   if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) | 
 | 2070 |     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); | 
 | 2071 |  | 
| Zhongxing Xu | cb8f4f1 | 2009-01-16 02:36:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2072 |   VarDecl *NewVD; | 
 | 2073 |   VarDecl::StorageClass SC; | 
 | 2074 |   switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) { | 
 | 2075 |   default: assert(0 && "Unknown storage class!"); | 
 | 2076 |   case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified:    SC = VarDecl::None; break; | 
 | 2077 |   case DeclSpec::SCS_extern:         SC = VarDecl::Extern; break; | 
 | 2078 |   case DeclSpec::SCS_static:         SC = VarDecl::Static; break; | 
 | 2079 |   case DeclSpec::SCS_auto:           SC = VarDecl::Auto; break; | 
 | 2080 |   case DeclSpec::SCS_register:       SC = VarDecl::Register; break; | 
 | 2081 |   case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: SC = VarDecl::PrivateExtern; break; | 
 | 2082 |   case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: | 
 | 2083 |     // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always | 
 | 2084 |     // an error here | 
 | 2085 |     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); | 
| Chris Lattner | eaaebc7 | 2009-04-25 08:06:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2086 |     D.setInvalidType(); | 
| Zhongxing Xu | cb8f4f1 | 2009-01-16 02:36:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2087 |     SC = VarDecl::None; | 
 | 2088 |     break; | 
 | 2089 |   } | 
 | 2090 |  | 
 | 2091 |   IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); | 
 | 2092 |   if (!II) { | 
 | 2093 |     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name) | 
 | 2094 |       << Name.getAsString(); | 
 | 2095 |     return 0; | 
 | 2096 |   } | 
 | 2097 |  | 
| Eli Friedman | 85a5319 | 2009-04-07 19:37:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2098 |   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 021c3b3 | 2009-03-11 23:00:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2099 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 2d2e9cf | 2009-03-11 20:22:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2100 |   if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == 0) { | 
 | 2101 |     // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not | 
 | 2102 |     // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration. | 
 | 2103 |     if (SC == VarDecl::Auto || SC == VarDecl::Register) { | 
| Chris Lattner | d4b19d5 | 2009-05-12 21:44:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2104 |        | 
 | 2105 |       // If this is a register variable with an asm label specified, then this | 
 | 2106 |       // is a GNU extension. | 
 | 2107 |       if (SC == VarDecl::Register && D.getAsmLabel()) | 
 | 2108 |         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_unsupported_global_register); | 
 | 2109 |       else | 
 | 2110 |         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope); | 
| Chris Lattner | eaaebc7 | 2009-04-25 08:06:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2111 |       D.setInvalidType(); | 
| Zhongxing Xu | cb8f4f1 | 2009-01-16 02:36:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2112 |     } | 
| Zhongxing Xu | cb8f4f1 | 2009-01-16 02:36:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2113 |   } | 
| Douglas Gregor | 656de63 | 2009-03-11 23:52:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2114 |   if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) { | 
 | 2115 |     // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member. | 
 | 2116 |     if (SC == VarDecl::Static) { | 
 | 2117 |       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),  | 
 | 2118 |            diag::err_static_out_of_line) | 
 | 2119 |         << CodeModificationHint::CreateRemoval( | 
 | 2120 |                        SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc())); | 
 | 2121 |     } else if (SC == VarDecl::None) | 
 | 2122 |       SC = VarDecl::Static; | 
 | 2123 |   } | 
| Anders Carlsson | e98da2e | 2009-06-24 00:28:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2124 |   if (SC == VarDecl::Static) { | 
 | 2125 |     if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) { | 
 | 2126 |       if (RD->isLocalClass()) | 
 | 2127 |         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),  | 
 | 2128 |              diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class) | 
 | 2129 |           << Name << RD->getDeclName(); | 
 | 2130 |     } | 
 | 2131 |   } | 
 | 2132 |          | 
| Douglas Gregor | dfe3f2d | 2009-07-22 17:18:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2133 |   // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then | 
 | 2134 |   // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. | 
 | 2135 |   if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams | 
 | 2136 |       = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( | 
 | 2137 |                                   D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange().getBegin(), | 
 | 2138 |                                                 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), | 
| Douglas Gregor | 27eeb5e | 2009-07-22 22:05:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2139 |                         (TemplateParameterList**)TemplateParamLists.get(), | 
| Douglas Gregor | dfe3f2d | 2009-07-22 17:18:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2140 |                                                  TemplateParamLists.size())) { | 
 | 2141 |     if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { | 
 | 2142 |       // There is no such thing as a variable template. | 
 | 2143 |       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_variable) | 
 | 2144 |         << II | 
 | 2145 |         << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), | 
 | 2146 |                        TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); | 
 | 2147 |       return 0; | 
 | 2148 |     } else { | 
 | 2149 |       // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain | 
 | 2150 |       // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable. | 
| Douglas Gregor | 7cdbc58 | 2009-07-22 23:48:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2151 |       Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(),  | 
 | 2152 |            diag::err_template_variable_noparams) | 
| Douglas Gregor | dfe3f2d | 2009-07-22 17:18:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2153 |         << II | 
 | 2154 |         << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), | 
 | 2155 |                        TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc());           | 
 | 2156 |     } | 
 | 2157 |   }         | 
 | 2158 |    | 
| Douglas Gregor | 2d2e9cf | 2009-03-11 20:22:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2159 |   NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getIdentifierLoc(),  | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | a5d8200 | 2009-08-21 00:31:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2160 |                           II, R, DInfo, SC); | 
| Eli Friedman | 63054b3 | 2009-04-19 20:27:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2161 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | eaaebc7 | 2009-04-25 08:06:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2162 |   if (D.isInvalidType()) | 
 | 2163 |     NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 | 2164 |    | 
| Eli Friedman | 63054b3 | 2009-04-19 20:27:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2165 |   if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) { | 
 | 2166 |     if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) | 
 | 2167 |       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_thread_non_global); | 
| Eli Friedman | 4fb71b0 | 2009-04-19 21:48:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2168 |     else if (!Context.Target.isTLSSupported()) | 
 | 2169 |       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_thread_unsupported); | 
| Eli Friedman | 63054b3 | 2009-04-19 20:27:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2170 |     else | 
 | 2171 |       NewVD->setThreadSpecified(true); | 
 | 2172 |   } | 
| Douglas Gregor | 4afa39d | 2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2173 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 656de63 | 2009-03-11 23:52:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2174 |   // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the | 
 | 2175 |   // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. | 
 | 2176 |   NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); | 
 | 2177 |  | 
| Zhongxing Xu | cb8f4f1 | 2009-01-16 02:36:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2178 |   // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl | 
| Douglas Gregor | 9cdda0c | 2009-06-17 21:51:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2179 |   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D); | 
| Zhongxing Xu | cb8f4f1 | 2009-01-16 02:36:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2180 |  | 
 | 2181 |   // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). | 
 | 2182 |   if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) { | 
 | 2183 |     // The parser guarantees this is a string. | 
 | 2184 |     StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E);   | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 40b598e | 2009-06-30 02:34:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2185 |     NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(std::string(SE->getStrData(), | 
| Chris Lattner | 0b2b6e1 | 2009-03-04 06:34:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2186 |                                                         SE->getByteLength()))); | 
| Zhongxing Xu | cb8f4f1 | 2009-01-16 02:36:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2187 |   } | 
 | 2188 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 3d7a12a | 2009-03-25 23:32:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2189 |   // If name lookup finds a previous declaration that is not in the | 
 | 2190 |   // same scope as the new declaration, this may still be an | 
 | 2191 |   // acceptable redeclaration. | 
 | 2192 |   if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, DC, S) && | 
 | 2193 |       !(NewVD->hasLinkage() && | 
 | 2194 |         isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(PrevDecl, DC, Context))) | 
 | 2195 |     PrevDecl = 0;      | 
 | 2196 |  | 
 | 2197 |   // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. | 
 | 2198 |   if (PrevDecl) { | 
 | 2199 |     if (isa<FieldDecl>(PrevDecl) && D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { | 
 | 2200 |       // The user tried to define a non-static data member | 
 | 2201 |       // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). | 
 | 2202 |       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line) | 
 | 2203 |         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); | 
 | 2204 |       PrevDecl = 0; | 
| Chris Lattner | eaaebc7 | 2009-04-25 08:06:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2205 |       NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 3d7a12a | 2009-03-25 23:32:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2206 |     } | 
 | 2207 |   } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { | 
 | 2208 |     // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope. | 
| Anders Carlsson | f4d84b6 | 2009-08-30 00:54:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2209 |     NestedNameSpecifier *NNS =  | 
 | 2210 |       (NestedNameSpecifier *)D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep(); | 
 | 2211 |     DiagnoseMissingMember(D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, NNS,  | 
 | 2212 |                           D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange()); | 
| Chris Lattner | eaaebc7 | 2009-04-25 08:06:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2213 |     NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 3d7a12a | 2009-03-25 23:32:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2214 |   } | 
 | 2215 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | eaaebc7 | 2009-04-25 08:06:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2216 |   CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, PrevDecl, Redeclaration); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 3d7a12a | 2009-03-25 23:32:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2217 |  | 
| Ryan Flynn | 478fbc6 | 2009-07-25 22:29:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2218 |   // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored | 
 | 2219 |   if (PrevDecl) { | 
 | 2220 |     const VarDecl *Def = 0, *PrevVD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(PrevDecl); | 
 | 2221 |     if (PrevVD->getDefinition(Def) && D.hasAttributes()) { | 
 | 2222 |       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition); | 
 | 2223 |       Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); | 
 | 2224 |     } | 
 | 2225 |   } | 
 | 2226 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 3d7a12a | 2009-03-25 23:32:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2227 |   // If this is a locally-scoped extern C variable, update the map of | 
 | 2228 |   // such variables. | 
 | 2229 |   if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && NewVD->isExternC(Context) && | 
| Chris Lattner | eaaebc7 | 2009-04-25 08:06:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2230 |       !NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) | 
| Douglas Gregor | 3d7a12a | 2009-03-25 23:32:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2231 |     RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, PrevDecl, S); | 
 | 2232 |  | 
 | 2233 |   return NewVD; | 
 | 2234 | } | 
 | 2235 |  | 
 | 2236 | /// \brief Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable | 
 | 2237 | /// declaration. | 
 | 2238 | /// | 
 | 2239 | /// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a | 
| Douglas Gregor | 180bb63 | 2009-05-01 15:47:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2240 | /// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to | 
| Douglas Gregor | 3d7a12a | 2009-03-25 23:32:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2241 | /// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators | 
| Douglas Gregor | 180bb63 | 2009-05-01 15:47:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2242 | /// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables | 
 | 2243 | /// that have been instantiated from a template. | 
| Douglas Gregor | 3d7a12a | 2009-03-25 23:32:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2244 | /// | 
| Chris Lattner | eaaebc7 | 2009-04-25 08:06:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2245 | /// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered. | 
 | 2246 | void Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, | 
| Douglas Gregor | 3d7a12a | 2009-03-25 23:32:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2247 |                                     bool &Redeclaration) { | 
| Chris Lattner | eaaebc7 | 2009-04-25 08:06:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2248 |   // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. | 
 | 2249 |   if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) | 
 | 2250 |     return; | 
 | 2251 |    | 
| Douglas Gregor | 3d7a12a | 2009-03-25 23:32:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2252 |   QualType T = NewVD->getType(); | 
 | 2253 |  | 
 | 2254 |   if (T->isObjCInterfaceType()) { | 
 | 2255 |     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object); | 
| Chris Lattner | eaaebc7 | 2009-04-25 08:06:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2256 |     return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 3d7a12a | 2009-03-25 23:32:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2257 |   } | 
 | 2258 |    | 
 | 2259 |   // The variable can not have an abstract class type. | 
 | 2260 |   if (RequireNonAbstractType(NewVD->getLocation(), T, | 
 | 2261 |                              diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,  | 
 | 2262 |                              AbstractVariableType)) | 
| Chris Lattner | eaaebc7 | 2009-04-25 08:06:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2263 |     return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 3d7a12a | 2009-03-25 23:32:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2264 |  | 
| Zhongxing Xu | cb8f4f1 | 2009-01-16 02:36:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2265 |   // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage. | 
 | 2266 |   // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not | 
 | 2267 |   // automatic variables that point to other address spaces. | 
 | 2268 |   // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2 | 
| Douglas Gregor | 3d7a12a | 2009-03-25 23:32:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2269 |   if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && (T.getAddressSpace() != 0)) { | 
 | 2270 |     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl); | 
| Chris Lattner | eaaebc7 | 2009-04-25 08:06:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2271 |     return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); | 
| Zhongxing Xu | cb8f4f1 | 2009-01-16 02:36:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2272 |   } | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | 7b5b317 | 2009-02-21 19:44:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2273 |  | 
| Mike Stump | f33651c | 2009-04-14 00:57:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2274 |   if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak() | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 40b598e | 2009-06-30 02:34:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2275 |       && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) | 
| Douglas Gregor | 3d7a12a | 2009-03-25 23:32:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2276 |     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local); | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | 7b5b317 | 2009-02-21 19:44:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2277 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 38c5ebd | 2009-04-19 05:21:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2278 |   bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType(); | 
| Chris Lattner | be6d259 | 2009-07-19 20:17:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2279 |   if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() || | 
 | 2280 |       NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) | 
| Chris Lattner | 38c5ebd | 2009-04-19 05:21:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2281 |     CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = true; | 
 | 2282 |    | 
 | 2283 |   if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) || | 
 | 2284 |       (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) { | 
| Anders Carlsson | 1a7acfa | 2009-02-28 21:56:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2285 |     bool SizeIsNegative; | 
 | 2286 |     QualType FixedTy = | 
| Douglas Gregor | 3d7a12a | 2009-03-25 23:32:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2287 |         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T, Context, SizeIsNegative); | 
| Chris Lattner | eaaebc7 | 2009-04-25 08:06:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2288 |      | 
 | 2289 |     if (FixedTy.isNull() && T->isVariableArrayType()) { | 
| Douglas Gregor | 3d7a12a | 2009-03-25 23:32:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2290 |       const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T); | 
| Anders Carlsson | 1a7acfa | 2009-02-28 21:56:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2291 |       // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for  | 
 | 2292 |       // int a[10][n];       | 
 | 2293 |       SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange(); | 
| Chris Lattner | eaaebc7 | 2009-04-25 08:06:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2294 |        | 
| Anders Carlsson | 1a7acfa | 2009-02-28 21:56:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2295 |       if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) | 
 | 2296 |         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope) | 
| Chris Lattner | eaaebc7 | 2009-04-25 08:06:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2297 |         << SizeRange; | 
| Anders Carlsson | 1a7acfa | 2009-02-28 21:56:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2298 |       else if (NewVD->getStorageClass() == VarDecl::Static) | 
 | 2299 |         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage) | 
| Chris Lattner | eaaebc7 | 2009-04-25 08:06:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2300 |         << SizeRange; | 
| Anders Carlsson | 1a7acfa | 2009-02-28 21:56:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2301 |       else | 
 | 2302 |         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage) | 
| Chris Lattner | eaaebc7 | 2009-04-25 08:06:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2303 |         << SizeRange; | 
 | 2304 |       return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 | 2305 |     }  | 
 | 2306 |      | 
 | 2307 |     if (FixedTy.isNull()) { | 
| Anders Carlsson | 1a7acfa | 2009-02-28 21:56:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2308 |       if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) | 
 | 2309 |         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); | 
 | 2310 |       else | 
 | 2311 |         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage); | 
| Chris Lattner | eaaebc7 | 2009-04-25 08:06:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2312 |       return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); | 
| Anders Carlsson | 1a7acfa | 2009-02-28 21:56:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2313 |     } | 
| Chris Lattner | eaaebc7 | 2009-04-25 08:06:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2314 |      | 
 | 2315 |     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); | 
 | 2316 |     NewVD->setType(FixedTy); | 
| Anders Carlsson | 1a7acfa | 2009-02-28 21:56:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2317 |   } | 
 | 2318 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 6393519 | 2009-03-02 00:19:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2319 |   if (!PrevDecl && NewVD->isExternC(Context)) { | 
 | 2320 |     // Since we did not find anything by this name and we're declaring | 
 | 2321 |     // an extern "C" variable, look for a non-visible extern "C" | 
 | 2322 |     // declaration with the same name. | 
 | 2323 |     llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos | 
| Douglas Gregor | 3d7a12a | 2009-03-25 23:32:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2324 |       = LocallyScopedExternalDecls.find(NewVD->getDeclName()); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 6393519 | 2009-03-02 00:19:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2325 |     if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end()) | 
 | 2326 |       PrevDecl = Pos->second; | 
 | 2327 |   } | 
 | 2328 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | eaaebc7 | 2009-04-25 08:06:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2329 |   if (T->isVoidType() && !NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) { | 
| Douglas Gregor | 3d7a12a | 2009-03-25 23:32:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2330 |     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type) | 
 | 2331 |       << T; | 
| Chris Lattner | eaaebc7 | 2009-04-25 08:06:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2332 |     return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 3d7a12a | 2009-03-25 23:32:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2333 |   } | 
| Zhongxing Xu | cb8f4f1 | 2009-01-16 02:36:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2334 |  | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 40b598e | 2009-06-30 02:34:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2335 |   if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { | 
| Mike Stump | ea000bf | 2009-04-30 00:19:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2336 |     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); | 
 | 2337 |     return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 | 2338 |   } | 
 | 2339 |      | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 40b598e | 2009-06-30 02:34:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2340 |   if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { | 
| Mike Stump | c975bb0 | 2009-05-01 23:41:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2341 |     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm); | 
 | 2342 |     return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 | 2343 |   } | 
 | 2344 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 3d7a12a | 2009-03-25 23:32:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2345 |   if (PrevDecl) { | 
| Douglas Gregor | cda9c67 | 2009-02-16 17:45:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2346 |     Redeclaration = true; | 
| Chris Lattner | eaaebc7 | 2009-04-25 08:06:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2347 |     MergeVarDecl(NewVD, PrevDecl); | 
| Zhongxing Xu | cb8f4f1 | 2009-01-16 02:36:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2348 |   } | 
| Zhongxing Xu | cb8f4f1 | 2009-01-16 02:36:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2349 | } | 
 | 2350 |  | 
| Anders Carlsson | 203cb71 | 2009-08-29 00:56:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2351 | static bool isUsingDecl(Decl *D) { | 
 | 2352 |   return isa<UsingDecl>(D) || isa<UnresolvedUsingDecl>(D); | 
 | 2353 | } | 
 | 2354 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 4afa39d | 2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2355 | NamedDecl*  | 
| Zhongxing Xu | 416fcaf | 2009-01-16 01:13:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2356 | Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | a1d5662 | 2009-08-19 01:27:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2357 |                               QualType R, DeclaratorInfo *DInfo, | 
 | 2358 |                               NamedDecl* PrevDecl, | 
| Douglas Gregor | e542c86 | 2009-06-23 23:11:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2359 |                               MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, | 
| Chris Lattner | eaaebc7 | 2009-04-25 08:06:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2360 |                               bool IsFunctionDefinition, bool &Redeclaration) { | 
| Zhongxing Xu | 416fcaf | 2009-01-16 01:13:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2361 |   assert(R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType()); | 
 | 2362 |  | 
 | 2363 |   DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D); | 
 | 2364 |   FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC = FunctionDecl::None; | 
 | 2365 |   switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) { | 
 | 2366 |   default: assert(0 && "Unknown storage class!"); | 
 | 2367 |   case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: | 
 | 2368 |   case DeclSpec::SCS_register: | 
 | 2369 |   case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: | 
| Douglas Gregor | 04495c8 | 2009-02-24 01:23:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2370 |     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),  | 
 | 2371 |          diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func); | 
| Chris Lattner | eaaebc7 | 2009-04-25 08:06:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2372 |     D.setInvalidType(); | 
| Zhongxing Xu | 416fcaf | 2009-01-16 01:13:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2373 |     break; | 
 | 2374 |   case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: SC = FunctionDecl::None; break; | 
 | 2375 |   case DeclSpec::SCS_extern:      SC = FunctionDecl::Extern; break; | 
| Douglas Gregor | 04495c8 | 2009-02-24 01:23:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2376 |   case DeclSpec::SCS_static: { | 
| Douglas Gregor | 656de63 | 2009-03-11 23:52:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2377 |     if (CurContext->getLookupContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) { | 
| Douglas Gregor | 04495c8 | 2009-02-24 01:23:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2378 |       // C99 6.7.1p5: | 
 | 2379 |       //   The declaration of an identifier for a function that has | 
 | 2380 |       //   block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier | 
 | 2381 |       //   other than extern | 
 | 2382 |       // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4). | 
 | 2383 |       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),  | 
 | 2384 |            diag::err_static_block_func); | 
 | 2385 |       SC = FunctionDecl::None; | 
 | 2386 |     } else | 
 | 2387 |       SC = FunctionDecl::Static;  | 
 | 2388 |     break; | 
 | 2389 |   } | 
| Zhongxing Xu | 416fcaf | 2009-01-16 01:13:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2390 |   case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: SC = FunctionDecl::PrivateExtern;break; | 
 | 2391 |   } | 
 | 2392 |  | 
| Eli Friedman | 63054b3 | 2009-04-19 20:27:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2393 |   if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) | 
 | 2394 |     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); | 
 | 2395 |  | 
| John McCall | 3f9a8a6 | 2009-08-11 06:59:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2396 |   bool isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); | 
| Zhongxing Xu | 416fcaf | 2009-01-16 01:13:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2397 |   bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 021c3b3 | 2009-03-11 23:00:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2398 |   bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified(); | 
| Zhongxing Xu | 416fcaf | 2009-01-16 01:13:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2399 |   bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); | 
 | 2400 |  | 
| Anders Carlsson | 4681ebd | 2009-03-22 20:18:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2401 |   // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type. | 
| Anders Carlsson | 8211eff | 2009-03-24 01:19:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2402 |   // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once | 
 | 2403 |   // the class has been completely parsed.  | 
 | 2404 |   if (!DC->isRecord() && | 
 | 2405 |       RequireNonAbstractType(D.getIdentifierLoc(),  | 
| Anders Carlsson | 4681ebd | 2009-03-22 20:18:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2406 |                              R->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType(), | 
| Anders Carlsson | b9bbe49 | 2009-03-23 17:49:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2407 |                              diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,  | 
| Anders Carlsson | 8211eff | 2009-03-24 01:19:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2408 |                              AbstractReturnType)) | 
| Chris Lattner | eaaebc7 | 2009-04-25 08:06:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2409 |     D.setInvalidType(); | 
| Chris Lattner | bb74982 | 2009-04-11 19:17:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2410 |    | 
 | 2411 |   // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value. | 
 | 2412 |   if (R->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType()->isObjCInterfaceType()) { | 
 | 2413 |     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), | 
 | 2414 |          diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 | 
 | 2415 |       << R->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType(); | 
| Chris Lattner | eaaebc7 | 2009-04-25 08:06:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2416 |     D.setInvalidType(); | 
| Chris Lattner | bb74982 | 2009-04-11 19:17:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2417 |   } | 
| Douglas Gregor | e542c86 | 2009-06-23 23:11:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2418 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 021c3b3 | 2009-03-11 23:00:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2419 |   bool isVirtualOkay = false; | 
| Zhongxing Xu | 416fcaf | 2009-01-16 01:13:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2420 |   FunctionDecl *NewFD; | 
| John McCall | 02cace7 | 2009-08-28 07:59:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2421 |  | 
| John McCall | 3f9a8a6 | 2009-08-11 06:59:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2422 |   if (isFriend) { | 
 | 2423 |     // DC is the namespace in which the function is being declared. | 
| John McCall | 91cf419 | 2009-08-25 17:53:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2424 |     assert((DC->isFileContext() || PrevDecl) && "previously-undeclared " | 
 | 2425 |            "friend function being created in a non-namespace context"); | 
| John McCall | 3f9a8a6 | 2009-08-11 06:59:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2426 |  | 
 | 2427 |     // C++ [class.friend]p5 | 
 | 2428 |     //   A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a | 
 | 2429 |     //   class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline. | 
 | 2430 |     isInline |= IsFunctionDefinition; | 
| John McCall | 02cace7 | 2009-08-28 07:59:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2431 |   } | 
| John McCall | 3f9a8a6 | 2009-08-11 06:59:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2432 |  | 
| John McCall | 02cace7 | 2009-08-28 07:59:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2433 |   if (D.getKind() == Declarator::DK_Constructor) { | 
| Zhongxing Xu | 416fcaf | 2009-01-16 01:13:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2434 |     // This is a C++ constructor declaration. | 
 | 2435 |     assert(DC->isRecord() && | 
 | 2436 |            "Constructors can only be declared in a member context"); | 
 | 2437 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 6540180 | 2009-04-25 08:28:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2438 |     R = CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); | 
| Zhongxing Xu | 416fcaf | 2009-01-16 01:13:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2439 |  | 
 | 2440 |     // Create the new declaration | 
 | 2441 |     NewFD = CXXConstructorDecl::Create(Context,  | 
 | 2442 |                                        cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | a1d5662 | 2009-08-19 01:27:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2443 |                                        D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, DInfo, | 
| Zhongxing Xu | 416fcaf | 2009-01-16 01:13:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2444 |                                        isExplicit, isInline, | 
 | 2445 |                                        /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false); | 
| Zhongxing Xu | 416fcaf | 2009-01-16 01:13:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2446 |   } else if (D.getKind() == Declarator::DK_Destructor) { | 
 | 2447 |     // This is a C++ destructor declaration. | 
 | 2448 |     if (DC->isRecord()) { | 
| Chris Lattner | 6540180 | 2009-04-25 08:28:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2449 |       R = CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, SC); | 
| Chris Lattner | eaaebc7 | 2009-04-25 08:06:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2450 |        | 
| Zhongxing Xu | 416fcaf | 2009-01-16 01:13:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2451 |       NewFD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create(Context, | 
 | 2452 |                                         cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), | 
 | 2453 |                                         D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R,  | 
 | 2454 |                                         isInline, | 
 | 2455 |                                         /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false); | 
 | 2456 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 021c3b3 | 2009-03-11 23:00:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2457 |       isVirtualOkay = true; | 
| Zhongxing Xu | 416fcaf | 2009-01-16 01:13:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2458 |     } else { | 
 | 2459 |       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member); | 
 | 2460 |  | 
 | 2461 |       // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing | 
 | 2462 |       // code path. | 
 | 2463 |       NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getIdentifierLoc(), | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | a1d5662 | 2009-08-19 01:27:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2464 |                                    Name, R, DInfo, SC, isInline,  | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | a5d8200 | 2009-08-21 00:31:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2465 |                                    /*hasPrototype=*/true); | 
| Chris Lattner | eaaebc7 | 2009-04-25 08:06:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2466 |       D.setInvalidType(); | 
| Zhongxing Xu | 416fcaf | 2009-01-16 01:13:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2467 |     } | 
 | 2468 |   } else if (D.getKind() == Declarator::DK_Conversion) { | 
 | 2469 |     if (!DC->isRecord()) { | 
 | 2470 |       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), | 
 | 2471 |            diag::err_conv_function_not_member); | 
 | 2472 |       return 0; | 
| Zhongxing Xu | 416fcaf | 2009-01-16 01:13:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2473 |     } | 
| Chris Lattner | 6e47501 | 2009-04-25 08:35:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2474 |      | 
 | 2475 |     CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC); | 
 | 2476 |     NewFD = CXXConversionDecl::Create(Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | a1d5662 | 2009-08-19 01:27:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2477 |                                       D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, DInfo, | 
| Chris Lattner | 6e47501 | 2009-04-25 08:35:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2478 |                                       isInline, isExplicit); | 
 | 2479 |        | 
 | 2480 |     isVirtualOkay = true; | 
| Zhongxing Xu | 416fcaf | 2009-01-16 01:13:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2481 |   } else if (DC->isRecord()) { | 
| Anders Carlsson | 4649cac | 2009-04-30 22:41:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2482 |     // If the of the function is the same as the name of the record, then this | 
 | 2483 |     // must be an invalid constructor that has a return type.  | 
 | 2484 |     // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a  | 
 | 2485 |     // constructor if it has no return type). | 
 | 2486 |     // must have an invalid constructor that has a return type  | 
 | 2487 |     if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){ | 
 | 2488 |       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type) | 
 | 2489 |         << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc()) | 
 | 2490 |         << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc()); | 
 | 2491 |       return 0; | 
 | 2492 |     } | 
 | 2493 |      | 
| Zhongxing Xu | 416fcaf | 2009-01-16 01:13:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2494 |     // This is a C++ method declaration. | 
 | 2495 |     NewFD = CXXMethodDecl::Create(Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | a1d5662 | 2009-08-19 01:27:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2496 |                                   D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, DInfo, | 
| Douglas Gregor | 4afa39d | 2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2497 |                                   (SC == FunctionDecl::Static), isInline); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 021c3b3 | 2009-03-11 23:00:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2498 |  | 
 | 2499 |     isVirtualOkay = (SC != FunctionDecl::Static); | 
| Zhongxing Xu | 416fcaf | 2009-01-16 01:13:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2500 |   } else { | 
| Douglas Gregor | d874def | 2009-03-19 18:33:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2501 |     // Determine whether the function was written with a | 
 | 2502 |     // prototype. This true when: | 
 | 2503 |     //   - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype), | 
 | 2504 |     //   - there is a prototype in the declarator, or | 
 | 2505 |     //   - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other reference | 
 | 2506 |     //     to a type name (which eventually refers to a function type). | 
| Douglas Gregor | 13d7a32 | 2009-03-19 18:14:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2507 |     bool HasPrototype =  | 
| Chris Lattner | 0d48bf9 | 2009-03-17 23:17:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2508 |        getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || | 
| Douglas Gregor | 13d7a32 | 2009-03-19 18:14:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2509 |        (D.getNumTypeObjects() && D.getTypeObject(0).Fun.hasPrototype) || | 
| Douglas Gregor | d1659a6 | 2009-03-23 16:26:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2510 |        (!isa<FunctionType>(R.getTypePtr()) && R->isFunctionProtoType()); | 
| Chris Lattner | 0d48bf9 | 2009-03-17 23:17:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2511 |      | 
| Zhongxing Xu | 416fcaf | 2009-01-16 01:13:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2512 |     NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, DC, | 
 | 2513 |                                  D.getIdentifierLoc(), | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | a5d8200 | 2009-08-21 00:31:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2514 |                                  Name, R, DInfo, SC, isInline, HasPrototype); | 
| Zhongxing Xu | 416fcaf | 2009-01-16 01:13:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2515 |   } | 
 | 2516 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | eaaebc7 | 2009-04-25 08:06:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2517 |   if (D.isInvalidType()) | 
| Chris Lattner | 584be45 | 2009-04-25 05:44:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2518 |     NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 | 2519 |    | 
| Zhongxing Xu | 416fcaf | 2009-01-16 01:13:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2520 |   // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ | 
| John McCall | 02cace7 | 2009-08-28 07:59:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2521 |   // scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the | 
 | 2522 |   // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. | 
| Zhongxing Xu | 416fcaf | 2009-01-16 01:13:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2523 |   NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); | 
 | 2524 |  | 
| John McCall | 02cace7 | 2009-08-28 07:59:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2525 |   if (isFriend) | 
 | 2526 |     NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl(/* PreviouslyDeclared= */ PrevDecl != NULL); | 
 | 2527 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | f59a56e | 2009-07-21 23:53:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2528 |   // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then | 
 | 2529 |   // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. | 
| Douglas Gregor | c5c903a | 2009-06-24 00:23:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2530 |   FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = 0; | 
| Douglas Gregor | f59a56e | 2009-07-21 23:53:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2531 |   if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams | 
 | 2532 |         = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( | 
 | 2533 |                                   D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange().getBegin(), | 
 | 2534 |                                   D.getCXXScopeSpec(), | 
| Douglas Gregor | 27eeb5e | 2009-07-22 22:05:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2535 |                            (TemplateParameterList**)TemplateParamLists.get(), | 
| Douglas Gregor | f59a56e | 2009-07-21 23:53:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2536 |                                                   TemplateParamLists.size())) { | 
| Douglas Gregor | c5c903a | 2009-06-24 00:23:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2537 |     if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { | 
 | 2538 |       // This is a function template | 
| Douglas Gregor | 05396e2 | 2009-08-25 17:23:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2539 |        | 
 | 2540 |       // Check that we can declare a template here. | 
 | 2541 |       if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) | 
 | 2542 |         return 0; | 
 | 2543 |        | 
| Douglas Gregor | d60e105 | 2009-08-27 16:57:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2544 |       FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, | 
| Douglas Gregor | c5c903a | 2009-06-24 00:23:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2545 |                                                       NewFD->getLocation(), | 
 | 2546 |                                                       Name, TemplateParams, | 
 | 2547 |                                                       NewFD); | 
| Douglas Gregor | d60e105 | 2009-08-27 16:57:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2548 |       FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); | 
| Douglas Gregor | c5c903a | 2009-06-24 00:23:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2549 |       NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate); | 
 | 2550 |     } else { | 
 | 2551 |       // FIXME: Handle function template specializations | 
 | 2552 |     } | 
| Douglas Gregor | 27eeb5e | 2009-07-22 22:05:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2553 |            | 
 | 2554 |     // FIXME: Free this memory properly. | 
 | 2555 |     TemplateParamLists.release(); | 
| Douglas Gregor | dfe3f2d | 2009-07-22 17:18:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2556 |   }         | 
| Douglas Gregor | c5c903a | 2009-06-24 00:23:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2557 |    | 
| Douglas Gregor | 021c3b3 | 2009-03-11 23:00:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2558 |   // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5: | 
 | 2559 |   //   The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of | 
 | 2560 |   //   nonstatic class member functions that appear within a | 
 | 2561 |   //   member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3. | 
 | 2562 |   // | 
| Chris Lattner | eaaebc7 | 2009-04-25 08:06:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2563 |   if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { | 
| Douglas Gregor | 021c3b3 | 2009-03-11 23:00:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2564 |     if (!isVirtualOkay) { | 
 | 2565 |        Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),  | 
 | 2566 |            diag::err_virtual_non_function); | 
 | 2567 |     } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { | 
 | 2568 |       // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class. | 
 | 2569 |       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_virtual_out_of_class) | 
 | 2570 |         << CodeModificationHint::CreateRemoval( | 
 | 2571 |                              SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc())); | 
 | 2572 |     } else { | 
 | 2573 |       // Okay: Add virtual to the method. | 
| Anders Carlsson | 77b7f1d | 2009-05-14 22:15:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2574 |       cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)->setVirtualAsWritten(true); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 021c3b3 | 2009-03-11 23:00:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2575 |       CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); | 
 | 2576 |       CurClass->setAggregate(false); | 
 | 2577 |       CurClass->setPOD(false); | 
| Eli Friedman | 1d954f6 | 2009-08-15 21:55:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2578 |       CurClass->setEmpty(false); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 021c3b3 | 2009-03-11 23:00:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2579 |       CurClass->setPolymorphic(true); | 
| Anders Carlsson | 347ba89 | 2009-04-16 00:08:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2580 |       CurClass->setHasTrivialConstructor(false); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 1f2023a | 2009-07-22 18:25:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2581 |       CurClass->setHasTrivialCopyConstructor(false); | 
 | 2582 |       CurClass->setHasTrivialCopyAssignment(false); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 021c3b3 | 2009-03-11 23:00:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2583 |     } | 
 | 2584 |   } | 
 | 2585 |  | 
| Anders Carlsson | d7ba27d | 2009-05-14 01:09:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2586 |   if (CXXMethodDecl *NewMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { | 
 | 2587 |     // Look for virtual methods in base classes that this method might override. | 
 | 2588 |  | 
 | 2589 |     BasePaths Paths; | 
| Anders Carlsson | d7ba27d | 2009-05-14 01:09:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2590 |     if (LookupInBases(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),  | 
| Anders Carlsson | d12ef8d | 2009-05-30 00:52:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2591 |                       MemberLookupCriteria(NewMD), Paths)) { | 
| Anders Carlsson | d7ba27d | 2009-05-14 01:09:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2592 |       for (BasePaths::decl_iterator I = Paths.found_decls_begin(),  | 
 | 2593 |            E = Paths.found_decls_end(); I != E; ++I) { | 
 | 2594 |         if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*I)) { | 
| Sebastian Redl | 23c7d06 | 2009-07-07 20:29:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2595 |           if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(NewMD, OldMD) && | 
 | 2596 |               !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(NewMD, OldMD)) | 
| Anders Carlsson | 758a422 | 2009-05-16 23:59:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2597 |             NewMD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD); | 
| Anders Carlsson | d7ba27d | 2009-05-14 01:09:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2598 |         } | 
 | 2599 |       } | 
| Anders Carlsson | d7ba27d | 2009-05-14 01:09:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2600 |     } | 
| Anders Carlsson | d7ba27d | 2009-05-14 01:09:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2601 |   } | 
 | 2602 |    | 
| Douglas Gregor | 656de63 | 2009-03-11 23:52:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2603 |   if (SC == FunctionDecl::Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) &&  | 
 | 2604 |       !CurContext->isRecord()) { | 
 | 2605 |     // C++ [class.static]p1: | 
 | 2606 |     //   A data or function member of a class may be declared static | 
 | 2607 |     //   in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of | 
 | 2608 |     //   the class. | 
 | 2609 |  | 
 | 2610 |     // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line | 
 | 2611 |     // member function definition. | 
 | 2612 |     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),  | 
 | 2613 |          diag::err_static_out_of_line) | 
 | 2614 |       << CodeModificationHint::CreateRemoval( | 
 | 2615 |                       SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc())); | 
 | 2616 |   } | 
 | 2617 |  | 
| Zhongxing Xu | 416fcaf | 2009-01-16 01:13:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2618 |   // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). | 
 | 2619 |   if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) { | 
 | 2620 |     // The parser guarantees this is a string. | 
 | 2621 |     StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E);   | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 40b598e | 2009-06-30 02:34:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2622 |     NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(std::string(SE->getStrData(), | 
| Chris Lattner | 0b2b6e1 | 2009-03-04 06:34:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2623 |                                                         SE->getByteLength()))); | 
| Zhongxing Xu | 416fcaf | 2009-01-16 01:13:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2624 |   } | 
 | 2625 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 2dbd285 | 2009-04-25 06:12:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2626 |   // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function | 
 | 2627 |   // declaration NewFD, if they are available.  First scavenge them into Params. | 
 | 2628 |   llvm::SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; | 
| Zhongxing Xu | 416fcaf | 2009-01-16 01:13:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2629 |   if (D.getNumTypeObjects() > 0) { | 
 | 2630 |     DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getTypeObject(0).Fun; | 
 | 2631 |  | 
| Zhongxing Xu | 416fcaf | 2009-01-16 01:13:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2632 |     // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs | 
 | 2633 |     // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a | 
 | 2634 |     // single void argument. | 
 | 2635 |     // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator | 
 | 2636 |     // already checks for that case. | 
 | 2637 |     if (FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 && | 
 | 2638 |         FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param && | 
| Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2639 |         FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType()->isVoidType()) { | 
| Chris Lattner | 2dbd285 | 2009-04-25 06:12:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2640 |       // Empty arg list, don't push any params. | 
| Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2641 |       ParmVarDecl *Param = FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>(); | 
| Zhongxing Xu | 416fcaf | 2009-01-16 01:13:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2642 |  | 
 | 2643 |       // In C++, the empty parameter-type-list must be spelled "void"; a | 
 | 2644 |       // typedef of void is not permitted. | 
 | 2645 |       if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && | 
| Chris Lattner | 584be45 | 2009-04-25 05:44:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2646 |           Param->getType().getUnqualifiedType() != Context.VoidTy) | 
| Douglas Gregor | a3a8351 | 2009-04-01 23:51:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2647 |         Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_param_typedef_of_void); | 
| Chris Lattner | 2dbd285 | 2009-04-25 06:12:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2648 |       // FIXME: Leaks decl? | 
| Zhongxing Xu | 416fcaf | 2009-01-16 01:13:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2649 |     } else if (FTI.NumArgs > 0 && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param != 0) { | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 9bedef6 | 2009-07-14 03:18:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2650 |       for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i) { | 
 | 2651 |         ParmVarDecl *Param = FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>(); | 
 | 2652 |         assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?"); | 
 | 2653 |         Param->setDeclContext(NewFD); | 
 | 2654 |         Params.push_back(Param); | 
 | 2655 |       } | 
| Zhongxing Xu | 416fcaf | 2009-01-16 01:13:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2656 |     } | 
 | 2657 |    | 
| Chris Lattner | 1ad9b28 | 2009-04-25 06:03:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2658 |   } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAsFunctionProtoType()) { | 
 | 2659 |     // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the | 
| Zhongxing Xu | 416fcaf | 2009-01-16 01:13:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2660 |     // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed) | 
 | 2661 |     // parameters for use in the declaration. | 
 | 2662 |     // | 
 | 2663 |     // @code | 
 | 2664 |     // typedef void fn(int); | 
 | 2665 |     // fn f; | 
 | 2666 |     // @endcode | 
| Chris Lattner | 1ad9b28 | 2009-04-25 06:03:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2667 |      | 
 | 2668 |     // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. | 
| Chris Lattner | 1ad9b28 | 2009-04-25 06:03:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2669 |     for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator AI = FT->arg_type_begin(), | 
 | 2670 |          AE = FT->arg_type_end(); AI != AE; ++AI) { | 
 | 2671 |       ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, | 
 | 2672 |                                                SourceLocation(), 0, | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | a1d5662 | 2009-08-19 01:27:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2673 |                                                *AI, /*DInfo=*/0, | 
 | 2674 |                                                VarDecl::None, 0); | 
| Chris Lattner | 1ad9b28 | 2009-04-25 06:03:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2675 |       Param->setImplicit(); | 
 | 2676 |       Params.push_back(Param); | 
| Zhongxing Xu | 416fcaf | 2009-01-16 01:13:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2677 |     } | 
| Chris Lattner | 84bb944 | 2009-04-25 18:38:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2678 |   } else { | 
 | 2679 |     assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 && | 
 | 2680 |            "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn"); | 
| Zhongxing Xu | 416fcaf | 2009-01-16 01:13:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2681 |   } | 
| Chris Lattner | 2dbd285 | 2009-04-25 06:12:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2682 |   // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them. | 
| Jay Foad | beaaccd | 2009-05-21 09:52:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2683 |   NewFD->setParams(Context, Params.data(), Params.size()); | 
| Zhongxing Xu | 416fcaf | 2009-01-16 01:13:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2684 |      | 
| Douglas Gregor | 8f30105 | 2009-02-24 19:23:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2685 |   // If name lookup finds a previous declaration that is not in the | 
 | 2686 |   // same scope as the new declaration, this may still be an | 
 | 2687 |   // acceptable redeclaration. | 
 | 2688 |   if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, DC, S) && | 
| Douglas Gregor | d6f7e9d | 2009-02-24 20:03:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2689 |       !(NewFD->hasLinkage() && | 
 | 2690 |         isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(PrevDecl, DC, Context))) | 
| Douglas Gregor | 8f30105 | 2009-02-24 19:23:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2691 |     PrevDecl = 0; | 
| Douglas Gregor | 04495c8 | 2009-02-24 01:23:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2692 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 2dc0e64 | 2009-03-23 23:06:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2693 |   // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. | 
 | 2694 |   bool OverloadableAttrRequired = false; // FIXME: HACK! | 
| Chris Lattner | eaaebc7 | 2009-04-25 08:06:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2695 |   CheckFunctionDeclaration(NewFD, PrevDecl, Redeclaration, | 
 | 2696 |                            /*FIXME:*/OverloadableAttrRequired); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 2dc0e64 | 2009-03-23 23:06:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2697 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | eaaebc7 | 2009-04-25 08:06:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2698 |   if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { | 
| Douglas Gregor | 2dc0e64 | 2009-03-23 23:06:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2699 |     // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a | 
 | 2700 |     // definition (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). | 
| John McCall | 3f9a8a6 | 2009-08-11 06:59:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2701 |     if (!IsFunctionDefinition && !isFriend) { | 
| Douglas Gregor | 2dc0e64 | 2009-03-23 23:06:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2702 |       Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_out_of_line_declaration) | 
 | 2703 |         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); | 
| Chris Lattner | eaaebc7 | 2009-04-25 08:06:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2704 |       NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); | 
| Anders Carlsson | 203cb71 | 2009-08-29 00:56:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2705 |     } else if (!Redeclaration && (!PrevDecl || !isUsingDecl(PrevDecl))) { | 
| Douglas Gregor | 2dc0e64 | 2009-03-23 23:06:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2706 |       // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a | 
 | 2707 |       // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there | 
 | 2708 |       // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2,  | 
 | 2709 |       // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example: | 
 | 2710 |       //  | 
 | 2711 |       // class X { | 
 | 2712 |       //   void f() const; | 
 | 2713 |       // };  | 
 | 2714 |       // | 
 | 2715 |       // void X::f() { } // ill-formed | 
 | 2716 |       // | 
 | 2717 |       // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close | 
 | 2718 |       // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and | 
 | 2719 |       // whether the parameter types are references). | 
 | 2720 |       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_member_def_does_not_match) | 
 | 2721 |         << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); | 
| Chris Lattner | eaaebc7 | 2009-04-25 08:06:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2722 |       NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 2dc0e64 | 2009-03-23 23:06:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2723 |        | 
 | 2724 |       LookupResult Prev = LookupQualifiedName(DC, Name, LookupOrdinaryName,  | 
 | 2725 |                                               true); | 
 | 2726 |       assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() &&  | 
 | 2727 |              "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup"); | 
 | 2728 |       for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end(); | 
 | 2729 |            Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) { | 
 | 2730 |         if (isa<FunctionDecl>(*Func) && | 
 | 2731 |             isNearlyMatchingFunction(Context, cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func), NewFD)) | 
 | 2732 |           Diag((*Func)->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_match); | 
 | 2733 |       } | 
 | 2734 |        | 
 | 2735 |       PrevDecl = 0; | 
 | 2736 |     } | 
 | 2737 |   } | 
 | 2738 |  | 
 | 2739 |   // Handle attributes. We need to have merged decls when handling attributes | 
 | 2740 |   // (for example to check for conflicts, etc). | 
 | 2741 |   // FIXME: This needs to happen before we merge declarations. Then, | 
 | 2742 |   // let attribute merging cope with attribute conflicts. | 
| Douglas Gregor | 9cdda0c | 2009-06-17 21:51:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2743 |   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D); | 
| Ryan Flynn | 478fbc6 | 2009-07-25 22:29:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2744 |  | 
 | 2745 |   // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored | 
| Douglas Gregor | fdc3919 | 2009-08-28 22:54:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2746 |   if (Redeclaration && PrevDecl) { | 
| Ryan Flynn | 478fbc6 | 2009-07-25 22:29:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2747 |     const FunctionDecl *Def, *PrevFD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl); | 
 | 2748 |     if (PrevFD && PrevFD->getBody(Def) && D.hasAttributes()) { | 
 | 2749 |       Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition); | 
 | 2750 |       Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); | 
 | 2751 |     } | 
 | 2752 |   } | 
 | 2753 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 2dc0e64 | 2009-03-23 23:06:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2754 |   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD); | 
 | 2755 |  | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 40b598e | 2009-06-30 02:34:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2756 |   if (OverloadableAttrRequired && !NewFD->getAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { | 
| Douglas Gregor | 2dc0e64 | 2009-03-23 23:06:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2757 |     // If a function name is overloadable in C, then every function | 
 | 2758 |     // with that name must be marked "overloadable". | 
 | 2759 |     Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing) | 
 | 2760 |       << Redeclaration << NewFD; | 
 | 2761 |     if (PrevDecl) | 
 | 2762 |       Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(),  | 
 | 2763 |            diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload); | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 40b598e | 2009-06-30 02:34:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2764 |     NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) OverloadableAttr()); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 2dc0e64 | 2009-03-23 23:06:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2765 |   } | 
 | 2766 |  | 
 | 2767 |   // If this is a locally-scoped extern C function, update the | 
 | 2768 |   // map of such names. | 
 | 2769 |   if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && NewFD->isExternC(Context) | 
| Chris Lattner | eaaebc7 | 2009-04-25 08:06:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2770 |       && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) | 
| Douglas Gregor | 2dc0e64 | 2009-03-23 23:06:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2771 |     RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, PrevDecl, S); | 
 | 2772 |  | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 16f1930 | 2009-06-25 18:22:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2773 |   // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren. | 
 | 2774 |   NewFD->setLocEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd()); | 
 | 2775 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | e53060f | 2009-06-25 22:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2776 |   if (FunctionTemplate && NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) | 
 | 2777 |     FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 | 2778 |    | 
 | 2779 |   if (FunctionTemplate) | 
 | 2780 |     return FunctionTemplate; | 
 | 2781 |    | 
| Douglas Gregor | 2dc0e64 | 2009-03-23 23:06:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2782 |   return NewFD; | 
 | 2783 | } | 
 | 2784 |  | 
 | 2785 | /// \brief Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration. | 
 | 2786 | /// | 
 | 2787 | /// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration | 
 | 2788 | /// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not | 
 | 2789 | /// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is | 
 | 2790 | /// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed | 
 | 2791 | /// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions | 
 | 2792 | /// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called | 
 | 2793 | /// via InstantiateDecl). | 
 | 2794 | /// | 
| Chris Lattner | eaaebc7 | 2009-04-25 08:06:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2795 | /// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error. | 
 | 2796 | void Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(FunctionDecl *NewFD, NamedDecl *&PrevDecl, | 
| Douglas Gregor | 2dc0e64 | 2009-03-23 23:06:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2797 |                                     bool &Redeclaration, | 
 | 2798 |                                     bool &OverloadableAttrRequired) { | 
| Chris Lattner | eaaebc7 | 2009-04-25 08:06:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2799 |   // If NewFD is already known erroneous, don't do any of this checking. | 
 | 2800 |   if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) | 
 | 2801 |     return; | 
| Douglas Gregor | 2dc0e64 | 2009-03-23 23:06:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2802 |  | 
| Eli Friedman | 88f7b57 | 2009-05-16 12:15:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2803 |   if (NewFD->getResultType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) { | 
 | 2804 |     // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2 | 
 | 2805 |     // because all functions have linkage. | 
 | 2806 |     Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl); | 
 | 2807 |     return NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 | 2808 |   } | 
 | 2809 |  | 
| John McCall | 07a5c22 | 2009-08-15 02:09:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2810 |   if (NewFD->isMain(Context)) CheckMain(NewFD); | 
| John McCall | 8c4859a | 2009-07-24 03:03:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2811 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 2dc0e64 | 2009-03-23 23:06:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2812 |   // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation). | 
 | 2813 |   if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { | 
 | 2814 |     // C++-specific checks. | 
| Chris Lattner | eaaebc7 | 2009-04-25 08:06:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2815 |     if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) { | 
| Chris Lattner | 6e47501 | 2009-04-25 08:35:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2816 |       CheckConstructor(Constructor); | 
| Chris Lattner | eaaebc7 | 2009-04-25 08:06:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2817 |     } else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) { | 
| Douglas Gregor | 2dc0e64 | 2009-03-23 23:06:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2818 |       CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getParent()); | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | c19f959 | 2009-07-21 15:28:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2819 |       QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); | 
 | 2820 |       if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) { | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | c19f959 | 2009-07-21 15:28:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2821 |         DeclarationName Name  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 50d62d1 | 2009-08-05 05:36:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2822 |           = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( | 
 | 2823 |                                         Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType)); | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | c19f959 | 2009-07-21 15:28:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2824 |         if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) { | 
 | 2825 |           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name); | 
 | 2826 |           return NewFD->setInvalidDecl();   | 
 | 2827 |         } | 
 | 2828 |       } | 
| Douglas Gregor | 2dc0e64 | 2009-03-23 23:06:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2829 |       Record->setUserDeclaredDestructor(true); | 
 | 2830 |       // C++ [class]p4: A POD-struct is an aggregate class that has [...] no | 
 | 2831 |       // user-defined destructor. | 
 | 2832 |       Record->setPOD(false); | 
| Anders Carlsson | 072abef | 2009-04-17 02:34:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2833 |        | 
 | 2834 |       // C++ [class.dtor]p3: A destructor is trivial if it is an implicitly- | 
 | 2835 |       // declared destructor. | 
| Douglas Gregor | 1f2023a | 2009-07-22 18:25:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2836 |       // FIXME: C++0x: don't do this for "= default" destructors | 
| Anders Carlsson | 072abef | 2009-04-17 02:34:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2837 |       Record->setHasTrivialDestructor(false); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 2dc0e64 | 2009-03-23 23:06:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2838 |     } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion  | 
 | 2839 |                = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) | 
 | 2840 |       ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion); | 
 | 2841 |      | 
 | 2842 |     // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]). | 
 | 2843 |     if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && | 
 | 2844 |         CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) | 
| Chris Lattner | eaaebc7 | 2009-04-25 08:06:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2845 |       return NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 2dc0e64 | 2009-03-23 23:06:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2846 |   } | 
 | 2847 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | b3efa98 | 2009-04-23 18:22:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2848 |   // C99 6.7.4p6: | 
 | 2849 |   //   [... ] For a function with external linkage, the following | 
 | 2850 |   //   restrictions apply: [...] If all of the file scope declarations | 
 | 2851 |   //   for a function in a translation unit include the inline | 
 | 2852 |   //   function specifier without extern, then the definition in that | 
 | 2853 |   //   translation unit is an inline definition. An inline definition | 
 | 2854 |   //   does not provide an external definition for the function, and | 
 | 2855 |   //   does not forbid an external definition in another translation | 
 | 2856 |   //   unit. | 
 | 2857 |   // | 
 | 2858 |   // Here we determine whether this function, in isolation, would be a | 
 | 2859 |   // C99 inline definition. MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls looks at | 
 | 2860 |   // previous declarations. | 
| Douglas Gregor | 9f9bf25 | 2009-04-28 06:37:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2861 |   if (NewFD->isInline() && getLangOptions().C99 &&  | 
 | 2862 |       NewFD->getStorageClass() == FunctionDecl::None && | 
 | 2863 |       NewFD->getDeclContext()->getLookupContext()->isTranslationUnit()) | 
 | 2864 |     NewFD->setC99InlineDefinition(true); | 
| Douglas Gregor | b3efa98 | 2009-04-23 18:22:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2865 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 2dc0e64 | 2009-03-23 23:06:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2866 |   // Check for a previous declaration of this name. | 
| Douglas Gregor | 6393519 | 2009-03-02 00:19:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2867 |   if (!PrevDecl && NewFD->isExternC(Context)) { | 
 | 2868 |     // Since we did not find anything by this name and we're declaring | 
 | 2869 |     // an extern "C" function, look for a non-visible extern "C" | 
 | 2870 |     // declaration with the same name. | 
 | 2871 |     llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos | 
| Douglas Gregor | 2dc0e64 | 2009-03-23 23:06:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2872 |       = LocallyScopedExternalDecls.find(NewFD->getDeclName()); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 6393519 | 2009-03-02 00:19:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2873 |     if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end()) | 
 | 2874 |       PrevDecl = Pos->second; | 
 | 2875 |   } | 
 | 2876 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 04495c8 | 2009-02-24 01:23:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2877 |   // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of | 
 | 2878 |   // the same name, if appropriate. | 
| Douglas Gregor | 04495c8 | 2009-02-24 01:23:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2879 |   if (PrevDecl) { | 
| Douglas Gregor | f9201e0 | 2009-02-11 23:02:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2880 |     // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or | 
| Zhongxing Xu | 416fcaf | 2009-01-16 01:13:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2881 |     // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload, | 
 | 2882 |     // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new | 
 | 2883 |     // function to the scope. | 
 | 2884 |     OverloadedFunctionDecl::function_iterator MatchedDecl; | 
| Douglas Gregor | ae17094 | 2009-02-13 00:26:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2885 |  | 
 | 2886 |     if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && | 
| Douglas Gregor | c6666f8 | 2009-02-18 06:34:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2887 |         AllowOverloadingOfFunction(PrevDecl, Context)) { | 
| Douglas Gregor | ae17094 | 2009-02-13 00:26:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2888 |       OverloadableAttrRequired = true; | 
 | 2889 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | c6666f8 | 2009-02-18 06:34:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2890 |       // Functions marked "overloadable" must have a prototype (that | 
 | 2891 |       // we can't get through declaration merging). | 
| Douglas Gregor | 2dc0e64 | 2009-03-23 23:06:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2892 |       if (!NewFD->getType()->getAsFunctionProtoType()) { | 
| Douglas Gregor | c6666f8 | 2009-02-18 06:34:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2893 |         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype) | 
 | 2894 |           << NewFD; | 
| Douglas Gregor | c6666f8 | 2009-02-18 06:34:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2895 |         Redeclaration = true; | 
 | 2896 |  | 
 | 2897 |         // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters. | 
| Douglas Gregor | 2dc0e64 | 2009-03-23 23:06:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2898 |         QualType R = Context.getFunctionType( | 
 | 2899 |                        NewFD->getType()->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType(), | 
 | 2900 |                        0, 0, true, 0); | 
| Douglas Gregor | c6666f8 | 2009-02-18 06:34:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2901 |         NewFD->setType(R); | 
| Chris Lattner | eaaebc7 | 2009-04-25 08:06:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2902 |         return NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); | 
| Douglas Gregor | c6666f8 | 2009-02-18 06:34:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2903 |       } | 
 | 2904 |     } | 
 | 2905 |  | 
| Anders Carlsson | 203cb71 | 2009-08-29 00:56:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2906 |     if (PrevDecl && | 
| Douglas Gregor | c6666f8 | 2009-02-18 06:34:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2907 |         (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(PrevDecl, Context) ||  | 
| Anders Carlsson | 203cb71 | 2009-08-29 00:56:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2908 |          !IsOverload(NewFD, PrevDecl, MatchedDecl)) && !isUsingDecl(PrevDecl)) { | 
| Douglas Gregor | cda9c67 | 2009-02-16 17:45:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2909 |       Redeclaration = true; | 
| Zhongxing Xu | 416fcaf | 2009-01-16 01:13:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2910 |       Decl *OldDecl = PrevDecl; | 
 | 2911 |  | 
 | 2912 |       // If PrevDecl was an overloaded function, extract the | 
 | 2913 |       // FunctionDecl that matched. | 
 | 2914 |       if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(PrevDecl)) | 
 | 2915 |         OldDecl = *MatchedDecl; | 
 | 2916 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 2dc0e64 | 2009-03-23 23:06:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2917 |       // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be | 
| Zhongxing Xu | 416fcaf | 2009-01-16 01:13:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2918 |       // merged.  | 
| Douglas Gregor | cda9c67 | 2009-02-16 17:45:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2919 |       if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl)) | 
| Chris Lattner | eaaebc7 | 2009-04-25 08:06:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2920 |         return NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); | 
| Zhongxing Xu | 416fcaf | 2009-01-16 01:13:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2921 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | e53060f | 2009-06-25 22:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2922 |       if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl | 
 | 2923 |             = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) | 
 | 2924 |         NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl()); | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 9bedef6 | 2009-07-14 03:18:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2925 |       else { | 
 | 2926 |         if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) // Set access for out-of-line definitions | 
 | 2927 |           NewFD->setAccess(OldDecl->getAccess()); | 
| Douglas Gregor | e53060f | 2009-06-25 22:08:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2928 |         NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl)); | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 9bedef6 | 2009-07-14 03:18:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2929 |       } | 
| Zhongxing Xu | 416fcaf | 2009-01-16 01:13:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2930 |     } | 
| Douglas Gregor | 4ce205f | 2009-02-06 17:46:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2931 |   } | 
| Zhongxing Xu | 416fcaf | 2009-01-16 01:13:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2932 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | eaaebc7 | 2009-04-25 08:06:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2933 |   // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless | 
 | 2934 |   // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done | 
 | 2935 |   // during delayed parsing anyway. | 
 | 2936 |   if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !CurContext->isRecord()) | 
| Douglas Gregor | 2dc0e64 | 2009-03-23 23:06:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2937 |     CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD); | 
| Zhongxing Xu | 416fcaf | 2009-01-16 01:13:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2938 | } | 
 | 2939 |  | 
| John McCall | 8c4859a | 2009-07-24 03:03:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2940 | void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD) { | 
| John McCall | 13591ed | 2009-07-25 04:36:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2941 |   // C++ [basic.start.main]p3:  A program that declares main to be inline | 
 | 2942 |   //   or static is ill-formed. | 
 | 2943 |   // C99 6.7.4p4:  In a hosted environment, the inline function specifier | 
 | 2944 |   //   shall not appear in a declaration of main. | 
 | 2945 |   // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it. | 
 | 2946 |   bool isInline = FD->isInline(); | 
 | 2947 |   bool isStatic = FD->getStorageClass() == FunctionDecl::Static; | 
 | 2948 |   if (isInline || isStatic) { | 
 | 2949 |     unsigned diagID = diag::warn_unusual_main_decl; | 
 | 2950 |     if (isInline || getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) | 
 | 2951 |       diagID = diag::err_unusual_main_decl; | 
 | 2952 |  | 
 | 2953 |     int which = isStatic + (isInline << 1) - 1; | 
 | 2954 |     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diagID) << which; | 
 | 2955 |   } | 
 | 2956 |  | 
 | 2957 |   QualType T = FD->getType(); | 
 | 2958 |   assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); | 
 | 2959 |   const FunctionType* FT = T->getAsFunctionType(); | 
 | 2960 |    | 
 | 2961 |   if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getResultType(), Context.IntTy)) { | 
 | 2962 |     // TODO: add a replacement fixit to turn the return type into 'int'. | 
 | 2963 |     Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint); | 
 | 2964 |     FD->setInvalidDecl(true); | 
 | 2965 |   } | 
 | 2966 |  | 
 | 2967 |   // Treat protoless main() as nullary. | 
 | 2968 |   if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return; | 
 | 2969 |  | 
 | 2970 |   const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT); | 
 | 2971 |   unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumArgs(); | 
 | 2972 |   assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams); | 
 | 2973 |  | 
 | 2974 |   if (nparams > 3) { | 
 | 2975 |     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams; | 
 | 2976 |     FD->setInvalidDecl(true); | 
 | 2977 |     nparams = 3; | 
 | 2978 |   } | 
 | 2979 |  | 
 | 2980 |   // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved | 
 | 2981 |   // if we had some location information about types. | 
 | 2982 |  | 
 | 2983 |   QualType CharPP = | 
 | 2984 |     Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy)); | 
 | 2985 |   QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP }; | 
 | 2986 |  | 
 | 2987 |   for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) { | 
 | 2988 |     QualType AT = FTP->getArgType(i); | 
 | 2989 |  | 
 | 2990 |     bool mismatch = true; | 
 | 2991 |  | 
 | 2992 |     if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i])) | 
 | 2993 |       mismatch = false; | 
 | 2994 |     else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) { | 
 | 2995 |       // As an extension, the following forms are okay: | 
 | 2996 |       //   char const ** | 
 | 2997 |       //   char const * const * | 
 | 2998 |       //   char * const * | 
 | 2999 |  | 
 | 3000 |       QualifierSet qs; | 
 | 3001 |       const PointerType* PT; | 
| Ted Kremenek | 6217b80 | 2009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3002 |       if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) && | 
 | 3003 |           (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) && | 
| John McCall | 13591ed | 2009-07-25 04:36:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3004 |           (QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0) == Context.CharTy)) { | 
 | 3005 |         qs.removeConst(); | 
 | 3006 |         mismatch = !qs.empty(); | 
 | 3007 |       } | 
 | 3008 |     } | 
 | 3009 |  | 
 | 3010 |     if (mismatch) { | 
 | 3011 |       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i]; | 
 | 3012 |       // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type | 
 | 3013 |       FD->setInvalidDecl(true); | 
 | 3014 |     } | 
 | 3015 |   } | 
 | 3016 |  | 
 | 3017 |   if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) { | 
 | 3018 |     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg); | 
 | 3019 |   } | 
| John McCall | 8c4859a | 2009-07-24 03:03:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3020 | } | 
 | 3021 |  | 
| Eli Friedman | c594b32 | 2008-05-20 13:48:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3022 | bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) { | 
| Eli Friedman | 3b8a36a | 2009-02-27 04:17:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3023 |   // FIXME: Need strict checking.  In C89, we need to check for | 
 | 3024 |   // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or | 
 | 3025 |   // commas outside of a sizeof.  In C99, it's the same list, | 
 | 3026 |   // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated | 
 | 3027 |   // expressions.  Everything else falls under the | 
 | 3028 |   // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception. | 
 | 3029 |   // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression | 
 | 3030 |   // rules there don't matter.) | 
| Chris Lattner | 111c2ee | 2009-02-24 21:54:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3031 |   if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context)) | 
| Eli Friedman | 578a972 | 2009-02-22 06:45:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3032 |     return false; | 
| Eli Friedman | 2129828 | 2009-02-26 04:47:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3033 |   Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant) | 
 | 3034 |     << Init->getSourceRange(); | 
| Eli Friedman | c594b32 | 2008-05-20 13:48:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3035 |   return true; | 
| Steve Naroff | d0091aa | 2008-01-10 22:15:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3036 | } | 
 | 3037 |  | 
| Anders Carlsson | 9abf2ae | 2009-08-16 05:13:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3038 | void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(DeclPtrTy dcl, ExprArg init) { | 
 | 3039 |   AddInitializerToDecl(dcl, move(init), /*DirectInit=*/false); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 09f41cf | 2009-01-14 15:45:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3040 | } | 
 | 3041 |  | 
 | 3042 | /// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the | 
 | 3043 | /// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct | 
 | 3044 | /// initialization rather than copy initialization. | 
| Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3045 | void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(DeclPtrTy dcl, ExprArg init, bool DirectInit) { | 
 | 3046 |   Decl *RealDecl = dcl.getAs<Decl>(); | 
| Chris Lattner | 9a11b9a | 2007-10-19 20:10:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3047 |   // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it.  Just ignore | 
 | 3048 |   // the initializer. | 
| Eli Friedman | 3b8a36a | 2009-02-27 04:17:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3049 |   if (RealDecl == 0) | 
| Chris Lattner | 9a11b9a | 2007-10-19 20:10:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3050 |     return; | 
| Steve Naroff | bb20469 | 2007-09-12 14:07:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3051 |    | 
| Douglas Gregor | 021c3b3 | 2009-03-11 23:00:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3052 |   if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) { | 
 | 3053 |     // With declarators parsed the way they are, the parser cannot | 
 | 3054 |     // distinguish between a normal initializer and a pure-specifier. | 
 | 3055 |     // Thus this grotesque test. | 
 | 3056 |     IntegerLiteral *IL; | 
 | 3057 |     Expr *Init = static_cast<Expr *>(init.get()); | 
 | 3058 |     if ((IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(Init)) && IL->getValue() == 0 && | 
 | 3059 |         Context.getCanonicalType(IL->getType()) == Context.IntTy) { | 
| Anders Carlsson | 77b7f1d | 2009-05-14 22:15:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3060 |       if (Method->isVirtualAsWritten()) { | 
| Douglas Gregor | 021c3b3 | 2009-03-11 23:00:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3061 |         Method->setPure(); | 
| Anders Carlsson | 67e4dd2 | 2009-03-22 01:52:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3062 |  | 
 | 3063 |         // A class is abstract if at least one function is pure virtual. | 
 | 3064 |         cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->setAbstract(true); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 3329756 | 2009-03-27 04:38:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3065 |       } else if (!Method->isInvalidDecl()) { | 
| Douglas Gregor | 021c3b3 | 2009-03-11 23:00:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3066 |         Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_non_virtual_pure) | 
 | 3067 |           << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange(); | 
 | 3068 |         Method->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 | 3069 |       } | 
 | 3070 |     } else { | 
 | 3071 |       Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization) | 
 | 3072 |         << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange(); | 
 | 3073 |       Method->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 | 3074 |     } | 
 | 3075 |     return; | 
 | 3076 |   } | 
 | 3077 |  | 
| Steve Naroff | 410e3e2 | 2007-09-12 20:13:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3078 |   VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl); | 
 | 3079 |   if (!VDecl) { | 
| Douglas Gregor | 021c3b3 | 2009-03-11 23:00:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3080 |     if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && | 
 | 3081 |         RealDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && | 
 | 3082 |         isa<NamedDecl>(RealDecl)) | 
 | 3083 |       Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_member_initialization) | 
 | 3084 |         << cast<NamedDecl>(RealDecl)->getDeclName(); | 
 | 3085 |     else | 
 | 3086 |       Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer); | 
| Steve Naroff | 410e3e2 | 2007-09-12 20:13:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3087 |     RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 | 3088 |     return; | 
| Eli Friedman | 3b8a36a | 2009-02-27 04:17:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3089 |   } | 
 | 3090 |  | 
| Eli Friedman | a31feca | 2009-04-13 21:28:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3091 |   if (!VDecl->getType()->isArrayType() && | 
 | 3092 |       RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), | 
 | 3093 |                           diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { | 
 | 3094 |     RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 | 3095 |     return; | 
 | 3096 |   } | 
 | 3097 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 275a369 | 2009-03-10 23:43:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3098 |   const VarDecl *Def = 0; | 
 | 3099 |   if (VDecl->getDefinition(Def)) { | 
 | 3100 |     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition)  | 
 | 3101 |       << VDecl->getDeclName(); | 
 | 3102 |     Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); | 
 | 3103 |     VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 | 3104 |     return; | 
 | 3105 |   } | 
 | 3106 |  | 
| Eli Friedman | 3b8a36a | 2009-02-27 04:17:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3107 |   // Take ownership of the expression, now that we're sure we have somewhere | 
 | 3108 |   // to put it. | 
| Anders Carlsson | f1b1d59 | 2009-05-01 19:30:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3109 |   Expr *Init = init.takeAs<Expr>(); | 
| Eli Friedman | 3b8a36a | 2009-02-27 04:17:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3110 |   assert(Init && "missing initializer"); | 
 | 3111 |  | 
| Steve Naroff | bb20469 | 2007-09-12 14:07:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3112 |   // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since | 
| Steve Naroff | d0091aa | 2008-01-10 22:15:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3113 |   // CheckInitializerTypes may change it. | 
| Steve Naroff | 410e3e2 | 2007-09-12 20:13:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3114 |   QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT; | 
| Steve Naroff | 248a753 | 2008-04-15 22:42:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3115 |   if (VDecl->isBlockVarDecl()) { | 
| Daniel Dunbar | 5466c7b | 2009-04-14 02:25:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3116 |     if (VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) { // C99 6.7.8p5 | 
| Steve Naroff | 410e3e2 | 2007-09-12 20:13:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3117 |       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init); | 
| Steve Naroff | 248a753 | 2008-04-15 22:42:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3118 |       VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 | 3119 |     } else if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { | 
| Douglas Gregor | f03d7c7 | 2008-11-05 15:29:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3120 |       if (CheckInitializerTypes(Init, DclT, VDecl->getLocation(), | 
| Anders Carlsson | 0f5f2c6 | 2009-05-30 20:41:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3121 |                                 VDecl->getDeclName(), DirectInit)) | 
| Steve Naroff | 248a753 | 2008-04-15 22:42:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3122 |         VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); | 
| Anders Carlsson | c5eb731 | 2008-08-22 05:00:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3123 |        | 
 | 3124 |       // C++ 3.6.2p2, allow dynamic initialization of static initializers. | 
| Eli Friedman | da15323 | 2009-02-20 01:34:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3125 |       // Don't check invalid declarations to avoid emitting useless diagnostics. | 
 | 3126 |       if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { | 
| Daniel Dunbar | 5466c7b | 2009-04-14 02:25:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3127 |         if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == VarDecl::Static) // C99 6.7.8p4. | 
| Anders Carlsson | c5eb731 | 2008-08-22 05:00:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3128 |           CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); | 
 | 3129 |       } | 
| Steve Naroff | bb20469 | 2007-09-12 14:07:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3130 |     } | 
| Douglas Gregor | 021c3b3 | 2009-03-11 23:00:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3131 |   } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() &&  | 
 | 3132 |              VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) { | 
 | 3133 |     // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g., | 
 | 3134 |     // | 
 | 3135 |     // struct S { | 
 | 3136 |     //   static const int value = 17; | 
 | 3137 |     // }; | 
 | 3138 |  | 
 | 3139 |     // Attach the initializer | 
| Douglas Gregor | 78d1583 | 2009-05-26 18:54:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3140 |     VDecl->setInit(Context, Init); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 021c3b3 | 2009-03-11 23:00:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3141 |  | 
 | 3142 |     // C++ [class.mem]p4: | 
 | 3143 |     //   A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only | 
 | 3144 |     //   if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or | 
 | 3145 |     //   const enumeration type, see 9.4.2. | 
 | 3146 |     QualType T = VDecl->getType(); | 
 | 3147 |     if (!T->isDependentType() &&  | 
 | 3148 |         (!Context.getCanonicalType(T).isConstQualified() || | 
 | 3149 |          !T->isIntegralType())) { | 
 | 3150 |       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_member_initialization) | 
 | 3151 |         << VDecl->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange(); | 
 | 3152 |       VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 | 3153 |     } else { | 
 | 3154 |       // C++ [class.static.data]p4: | 
 | 3155 |       //   If a static data member is of const integral or const | 
 | 3156 |       //   enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition | 
 | 3157 |       //   can specify a constant-initializer which shall be an | 
 | 3158 |       //   integral constant expression (5.19). | 
 | 3159 |       if (!Init->isTypeDependent() && | 
 | 3160 |           !Init->getType()->isIntegralType()) { | 
 | 3161 |         // We have a non-dependent, non-integral or enumeration type. | 
 | 3162 |         Diag(Init->getSourceRange().getBegin(),  | 
 | 3163 |              diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_integral_type) | 
 | 3164 |           << Init->getType() << Init->getSourceRange(); | 
 | 3165 |         VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 | 3166 |       } else if (!Init->isTypeDependent() && !Init->isValueDependent()) { | 
 | 3167 |         // Check whether the expression is a constant expression. | 
 | 3168 |         llvm::APSInt Value; | 
 | 3169 |         SourceLocation Loc; | 
 | 3170 |         if (!Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Value, Context, &Loc)) { | 
 | 3171 |           Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) | 
 | 3172 |             << Init->getSourceRange(); | 
 | 3173 |           VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 3d7a12a | 2009-03-25 23:32:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3174 |         } else if (!VDecl->getType()->isDependentType()) | 
 | 3175 |           ImpCastExprToType(Init, VDecl->getType()); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 021c3b3 | 2009-03-11 23:00:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3176 |       } | 
 | 3177 |     } | 
| Steve Naroff | 248a753 | 2008-04-15 22:42:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3178 |   } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) { | 
| Steve Naroff | ee3899e | 2009-04-15 15:20:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3179 |     if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == VarDecl::Extern) | 
| Steve Naroff | 410e3e2 | 2007-09-12 20:13:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3180 |       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init); | 
| Steve Naroff | 248a753 | 2008-04-15 22:42:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3181 |     if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) | 
| Douglas Gregor | f03d7c7 | 2008-11-05 15:29:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3182 |       if (CheckInitializerTypes(Init, DclT, VDecl->getLocation(), | 
| Douglas Gregor | 09f41cf | 2009-01-14 15:45:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3183 |                                 VDecl->getDeclName(), DirectInit)) | 
| Steve Naroff | 248a753 | 2008-04-15 22:42:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3184 |         VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); | 
| Steve Naroff | d0091aa | 2008-01-10 22:15:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3185 |      | 
| Anders Carlsson | c5eb731 | 2008-08-22 05:00:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3186 |     // C++ 3.6.2p2, allow dynamic initialization of static initializers. | 
| Eli Friedman | da15323 | 2009-02-20 01:34:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3187 |     // Don't check invalid declarations to avoid emitting useless diagnostics. | 
 | 3188 |     if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { | 
| Anders Carlsson | c5eb731 | 2008-08-22 05:00:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3189 |       // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant. | 
 | 3190 |       CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); | 
 | 3191 |     } | 
| Steve Naroff | bb20469 | 2007-09-12 14:07:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3192 |   } | 
 | 3193 |   // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was | 
 | 3194 |   // completed by the initializer. For example:  | 
 | 3195 |   //   int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 }; | 
 | 3196 |   // "ary" transitions from a VariableArrayType to a ConstantArrayType. | 
| Christopher Lamb | 48b1239 | 2007-11-29 19:09:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3197 |   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT)) { | 
| Steve Naroff | 410e3e2 | 2007-09-12 20:13:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3198 |     VDecl->setType(DclT); | 
| Christopher Lamb | 48b1239 | 2007-11-29 19:09:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3199 |     Init->setType(DclT); | 
 | 3200 |   } | 
| Steve Naroff | bb20469 | 2007-09-12 14:07:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3201 |      | 
| Anders Carlsson | 9abf2ae | 2009-08-16 05:13:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3202 |   Init = MaybeCreateCXXExprWithTemporaries(Init,  | 
 | 3203 |                                            /*ShouldDestroyTemporaries=*/true); | 
| Steve Naroff | bb20469 | 2007-09-12 14:07:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3204 |   // Attach the initializer to the decl. | 
| Douglas Gregor | 78d1583 | 2009-05-26 18:54:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3205 |   VDecl->setInit(Context, Init); | 
| Douglas Gregor | b6c8c8b | 2009-04-21 17:11:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3206 |  | 
 | 3207 |   // If the previous declaration of VDecl was a tentative definition, | 
 | 3208 |   // remove it from the set of tentative definitions. | 
 | 3209 |   if (VDecl->getPreviousDeclaration() && | 
 | 3210 |       VDecl->getPreviousDeclaration()->isTentativeDefinition(Context)) { | 
 | 3211 |     llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, VarDecl *>::iterator Pos  | 
 | 3212 |       = TentativeDefinitions.find(VDecl->getDeclName()); | 
 | 3213 |     assert(Pos != TentativeDefinitions.end() &&  | 
 | 3214 |            "Unrecorded tentative definition?"); | 
 | 3215 |     TentativeDefinitions.erase(Pos); | 
 | 3216 |   } | 
 | 3217 |  | 
| Steve Naroff | bb20469 | 2007-09-12 14:07:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3218 |   return; | 
 | 3219 | } | 
 | 3220 |  | 
| Anders Carlsson | 6a75cd9 | 2009-07-11 00:34:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3221 | void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(DeclPtrTy dcl,  | 
 | 3222 |                                   bool TypeContainsUndeducedAuto) { | 
| Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3223 |   Decl *RealDecl = dcl.getAs<Decl>(); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 27c8dc0 | 2008-10-29 00:13:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3224 |  | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 48c2e90 | 2008-11-07 13:01:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3225 |   // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it. | 
 | 3226 |   if (RealDecl == 0) | 
 | 3227 |     return; | 
 | 3228 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 27c8dc0 | 2008-10-29 00:13:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3229 |   if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) { | 
 | 3230 |     QualType Type = Var->getType(); | 
| Douglas Gregor | b6c8c8b | 2009-04-21 17:11:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3231 |  | 
 | 3232 |     // Record tentative definitions. | 
 | 3233 |     if (Var->isTentativeDefinition(Context)) | 
 | 3234 |       TentativeDefinitions[Var->getDeclName()] = Var; | 
 | 3235 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 27c8dc0 | 2008-10-29 00:13:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3236 |     // C++ [dcl.init.ref]p3: | 
 | 3237 |     //   The initializer can be omitted for a reference only in a | 
 | 3238 |     //   parameter declaration (8.3.5), in the declaration of a | 
 | 3239 |     //   function return type, in the declaration of a class member | 
 | 3240 |     //   within its class declaration (9.2), and where the extern | 
 | 3241 |     //   specifier is explicitly used. | 
| Daniel Dunbar | 5466c7b | 2009-04-14 02:25:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3242 |     if (Type->isReferenceType() && !Var->hasExternalStorage()) { | 
| Chris Lattner | d3a94e2 | 2008-11-20 06:06:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3243 |       Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init) | 
| Chris Lattner | d9d22dd | 2008-11-24 05:29:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3244 |         << Var->getDeclName() | 
 | 3245 |         << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation()); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 18fe568 | 2008-11-03 20:45:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3246 |       Var->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 | 3247 |       return; | 
 | 3248 |     } | 
 | 3249 |  | 
| Anders Carlsson | 6a75cd9 | 2009-07-11 00:34:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3250 |     // C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p3 | 
 | 3251 |     if (TypeContainsUndeducedAuto) { | 
 | 3252 |       Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init) | 
 | 3253 |         << Var->getDeclName() << Type; | 
 | 3254 |       Var->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 | 3255 |       return; | 
 | 3256 |     } | 
 | 3257 |      | 
| Douglas Gregor | 18fe568 | 2008-11-03 20:45:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3258 |     // C++ [dcl.init]p9: | 
 | 3259 |     // | 
 | 3260 |     //   If no initializer is specified for an object, and the object | 
 | 3261 |     //   is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or array | 
 | 3262 |     //   thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if the | 
 | 3263 |     //   object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class type | 
 | 3264 |     //   shall have a user-declared default constructor. | 
 | 3265 |     if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { | 
 | 3266 |       QualType InitType = Type; | 
 | 3267 |       if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsArrayType(Type)) | 
 | 3268 |         InitType = Array->getElementType(); | 
| Anders Carlsson | 425bfde | 2009-05-16 22:05:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3269 |       if ((!Var->hasExternalStorage() && !Var->isExternC(Context)) && | 
| Douglas Gregor | 8e92bf3 | 2009-05-29 14:25:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3270 |           InitType->isRecordType() && !InitType->isDependentType()) { | 
| Anders Carlsson | 930e8d0 | 2009-04-16 23:50:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3271 |         CXXRecordDecl *RD =  | 
| Ted Kremenek | 6217b80 | 2009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3272 |           cast<CXXRecordDecl>(InitType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()); | 
| Anders Carlsson | 930e8d0 | 2009-04-16 23:50:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3273 |         CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = 0; | 
| Douglas Gregor | 86447ec | 2009-03-09 16:13:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3274 |         if (!RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), InitType,  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 2943aed | 2009-03-03 04:44:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3275 |                                     diag::err_invalid_incomplete_type_use)) | 
 | 3276 |           Constructor | 
 | 3277 |             = PerformInitializationByConstructor(InitType, 0, 0,  | 
 | 3278 |                                                  Var->getLocation(), | 
| Douglas Gregor | f03d7c7 | 2008-11-05 15:29:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3279 |                                                SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), | 
 | 3280 |                                                            Var->getLocation()), | 
| Douglas Gregor | 2943aed | 2009-03-03 04:44:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3281 |                                                  Var->getDeclName(), | 
 | 3282 |                                                  IK_Default); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 18fe568 | 2008-11-03 20:45:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3283 |         if (!Constructor) | 
 | 3284 |           Var->setInvalidDecl(); | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | 8d2b356 | 2009-06-26 23:49:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3285 |         else {  | 
| Anders Carlsson | fe2de49 | 2009-08-25 05:18:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3286 |           if (!RD->hasTrivialConstructor() || !RD->hasTrivialDestructor()) { | 
 | 3287 |             if (InitializeVarWithConstructor(Var, Constructor, InitType, 0, 0)) | 
 | 3288 |               Var->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 | 3289 |           } | 
 | 3290 |            | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | a83f7ed | 2009-08-03 19:13:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3291 |           FinalizeVarWithDestructor(Var, InitType); | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | 8d2b356 | 2009-06-26 23:49:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3292 |         } | 
| Douglas Gregor | 18fe568 | 2008-11-03 20:45:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3293 |       } | 
 | 3294 |     } | 
| Douglas Gregor | 27c8dc0 | 2008-10-29 00:13:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3295 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 818ce48 | 2008-10-29 13:50:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3296 | #if 0 | 
 | 3297 |     // FIXME: Temporarily disabled because we are not properly parsing | 
 | 3298 |     // linkage specifications on declarations, e.g.,  | 
 | 3299 |     // | 
 | 3300 |     //   extern "C" const CGPoint CGPointerZero; | 
 | 3301 |     // | 
| Douglas Gregor | 27c8dc0 | 2008-10-29 00:13:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3302 |     // C++ [dcl.init]p9: | 
 | 3303 |     // | 
 | 3304 |     //     If no initializer is specified for an object, and the | 
 | 3305 |     //     object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or | 
 | 3306 |     //     array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if | 
 | 3307 |     //     the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class | 
 | 3308 |     //     type shall have a user-declared default | 
 | 3309 |     //     constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for | 
 | 3310 |     //     an object, the object and its subobjects, if any, have an | 
 | 3311 |     //     indeterminate initial value; if the object or any of its | 
 | 3312 |     //     subobjects are of const-qualified type, the program is | 
 | 3313 |     //     ill-formed. | 
 | 3314 |     // | 
 | 3315 |     // This isn't technically an error in C, so we don't diagnose it. | 
 | 3316 |     // | 
 | 3317 |     // FIXME: Actually perform the POD/user-defined default | 
 | 3318 |     // constructor check. | 
 | 3319 |     if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && | 
| Douglas Gregor | 818ce48 | 2008-10-29 13:50:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3320 |         Context.getCanonicalType(Type).isConstQualified() && | 
| Daniel Dunbar | 5466c7b | 2009-04-14 02:25:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3321 |         !Var->hasExternalStorage()) | 
| Chris Lattner | f3a41af | 2008-11-20 06:38:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3322 |       Diag(Var->getLocation(),  diag::err_const_var_requires_init) | 
 | 3323 |         << Var->getName() | 
 | 3324 |         << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation()); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 818ce48 | 2008-10-29 13:50:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3325 | #endif | 
| Douglas Gregor | 27c8dc0 | 2008-10-29 00:13:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3326 |   } | 
 | 3327 | } | 
 | 3328 |  | 
| Eli Friedman | c1dc653 | 2009-05-29 01:49:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3329 | Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, | 
 | 3330 |                                                    DeclPtrTy *Group, | 
| Chris Lattner | 682bf92 | 2009-03-29 16:50:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3331 |                                                    unsigned NumDecls) { | 
 | 3332 |   llvm::SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls; | 
| Eli Friedman | c1dc653 | 2009-05-29 01:49:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3333 |  | 
 | 3334 |   if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned()) | 
 | 3335 |     Decls.push_back((Decl*)DS.getTypeRep()); | 
 | 3336 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 682bf92 | 2009-03-29 16:50:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3337 |   for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumDecls; ++i) | 
 | 3338 |     if (Decl *D = Group[i].getAs<Decl>()) | 
 | 3339 |       Decls.push_back(D); | 
 | 3340 |    | 
| Steve Naroff | bb20469 | 2007-09-12 14:07:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3341 |   // Perform semantic analysis that depends on having fully processed both | 
 | 3342 |   // the declarator and initializer. | 
| Chris Lattner | 682bf92 | 2009-03-29 16:50:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3343 |   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Decls.size(); i != e; ++i) { | 
 | 3344 |     VarDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Decls[i]); | 
| Steve Naroff | bb20469 | 2007-09-12 14:07:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3345 |     if (!IDecl) | 
 | 3346 |       continue; | 
| Steve Naroff | bb20469 | 2007-09-12 14:07:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3347 |     QualType T = IDecl->getType(); | 
| Chris Lattner | 682bf92 | 2009-03-29 16:50:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3348 |      | 
| Steve Naroff | bb20469 | 2007-09-12 14:07:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3349 |     // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is declared with | 
 | 3350 |     // no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the object shall be complete... | 
| Daniel Dunbar | 5466c7b | 2009-04-14 02:25:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3351 |     if (IDecl->isBlockVarDecl() && !IDecl->hasExternalStorage()) { | 
| Douglas Gregor | 4ec339f | 2009-01-19 19:26:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3352 |       if (!IDecl->isInvalidDecl() && | 
| Douglas Gregor | 86447ec | 2009-03-09 16:13:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3353 |           RequireCompleteType(IDecl->getLocation(), T,  | 
| Chris Lattner | 682bf92 | 2009-03-29 16:50:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3354 |                               diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) | 
| Steve Naroff | bb20469 | 2007-09-12 14:07:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3355 |         IDecl->setInvalidDecl(); | 
| Steve Naroff | bb20469 | 2007-09-12 14:07:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3356 |     } | 
| Douglas Gregor | ec8b59f | 2009-07-20 18:46:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3357 |     // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an | 
| Steve Naroff | bb20469 | 2007-09-12 14:07:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3358 |     // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a | 
 | 3359 |     // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static", | 
 | 3360 |     // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with | 
 | 3361 |     // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5). | 
| Douglas Gregor | ec8b59f | 2009-07-20 18:46:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3362 |     if (IDecl->isTentativeDefinition(Context) && !IDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { | 
 | 3363 |       if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT | 
 | 3364 |           = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(T)) { | 
 | 3365 |         if (RequireCompleteType(IDecl->getLocation(), | 
 | 3366 |                                 ArrayT->getElementType(), | 
 | 3367 |                                 diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type)) | 
 | 3368 |           IDecl->setInvalidDecl(); | 
| Mike Stump | ac5fc7c | 2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3369 |       } else if (IDecl->getStorageClass() == VarDecl::Static) { | 
| Steve Naroff | 9a75f8a | 2008-01-18 20:40:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3370 |         // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is | 
| Douglas Gregor | ec8b59f | 2009-07-20 18:46:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3371 |         // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the | 
| Steve Naroff | 9a75f8a | 2008-01-18 20:40:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3372 |         // declared type shall not be an incomplete type. | 
| Douglas Gregor | ec8b59f | 2009-07-20 18:46:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3373 |         // NOTE: code such as the following | 
 | 3374 |         //     static struct s; | 
 | 3375 |         //     struct s { int a; }; | 
 | 3376 |         // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of | 
 | 3377 |         // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration. | 
 | 3378 |         // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration. | 
 | 3379 |         if (IDecl->getPreviousDeclaration() == 0) | 
 | 3380 |           RequireCompleteType(IDecl->getLocation(), T, | 
 | 3381 |                               diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type); | 
| Douglas Gregor | a03aca8 | 2009-03-10 21:58:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3382 |       } | 
| Steve Naroff | bb20469 | 2007-09-12 14:07:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3383 |     } | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3384 |   } | 
| Chris Lattner | 682bf92 | 2009-03-29 16:50:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3385 |   return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, | 
| Jay Foad | beaaccd | 2009-05-21 09:52:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3386 |                                                    Decls.data(), Decls.size())); | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3387 | } | 
| Steve Naroff | e1223f7 | 2007-08-28 03:03:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3388 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 682bf92 | 2009-03-29 16:50:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3389 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 0442108 | 2008-04-08 04:40:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3390 | /// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator() | 
 | 3391 | /// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope. | 
| Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3392 | Sema::DeclPtrTy  | 
| Chris Lattner | 0442108 | 2008-04-08 04:40:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3393 | Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { | 
| Chris Lattner | 985abd9 | 2008-06-26 06:49:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3394 |   const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec(); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 584049d | 2008-12-15 23:53:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3395 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 0442108 | 2008-04-08 04:40:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3396 |   // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'. | 
| Daniel Dunbar | 33ad012 | 2008-09-03 21:54:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3397 |   VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass = VarDecl::None; | 
 | 3398 |   if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) { | 
 | 3399 |     StorageClass = VarDecl::Register; | 
 | 3400 |   } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { | 
| Chris Lattner | 0442108 | 2008-04-08 04:40:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3401 |     Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), | 
 | 3402 |          diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl); | 
| Chris Lattner | 985abd9 | 2008-06-26 06:49:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3403 |     D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs(); | 
| Chris Lattner | 0442108 | 2008-04-08 04:40:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3404 |   } | 
| Eli Friedman | 63054b3 | 2009-04-19 20:27:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3405 |  | 
 | 3406 |   if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) | 
 | 3407 |     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); | 
 | 3408 |  | 
| Eli Friedman | 85a5319 | 2009-04-07 19:37:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3409 |   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); | 
 | 3410 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 6d6eb57 | 2008-05-07 04:49:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3411 |   // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this | 
 | 3412 |   // parameter (C++ only). | 
 | 3413 |   if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) | 
 | 3414 |     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); | 
 | 3415 |   | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | a1d5662 | 2009-08-19 01:27:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3416 |   DeclaratorInfo *DInfo = 0; | 
| Douglas Gregor | 402abb5 | 2009-05-28 23:31:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3417 |   TagDecl *OwnedDecl = 0; | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | a1d5662 | 2009-08-19 01:27:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3418 |   QualType parmDeclType = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S, &DInfo, /*Skip=*/0, | 
 | 3419 |                                                &OwnedDecl); | 
| Chris Lattner | 0442108 | 2008-04-08 04:40:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3420 |    | 
| Douglas Gregor | 402abb5 | 2009-05-28 23:31:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3421 |   if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && OwnedDecl && OwnedDecl->isDefinition()) { | 
 | 3422 |     // C++ [dcl.fct]p6: | 
 | 3423 |     //   Types shall not be defined in return or parameter types. | 
 | 3424 |     Diag(OwnedDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_type_defined_in_param_type) | 
 | 3425 |       << Context.getTypeDeclType(OwnedDecl); | 
 | 3426 |   } | 
 | 3427 |  | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3428 |   // TODO: CHECK FOR CONFLICTS, multiple decls with same name in one scope. | 
 | 3429 |   // Can this happen for params?  We already checked that they don't conflict | 
 | 3430 |   // among each other.  Here they can only shadow globals, which is ok. | 
| Chris Lattner | 0442108 | 2008-04-08 04:40:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3431 |   IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); | 
| Chris Lattner | cf79b01 | 2009-01-21 02:38:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3432 |   if (II) { | 
| Douglas Gregor | 47b9a1c | 2009-02-04 17:27:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3433 |     if (NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupName(S, II, LookupOrdinaryName)) { | 
| Chris Lattner | cf79b01 | 2009-01-21 02:38:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3434 |       if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { | 
 | 3435 |         // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. | 
 | 3436 |         DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); | 
 | 3437 |         // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. | 
 | 3438 |         PrevDecl = 0; | 
| Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3439 |       } else if (S->isDeclScope(DeclPtrTy::make(PrevDecl))) { | 
| Chris Lattner | cf79b01 | 2009-01-21 02:38:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3440 |         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II; | 
| Chris Lattner | 0442108 | 2008-04-08 04:40:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3441 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | cf79b01 | 2009-01-21 02:38:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3442 |         // Recover by removing the name | 
 | 3443 |         II = 0; | 
 | 3444 |         D.SetIdentifier(0, D.getIdentifierLoc()); | 
 | 3445 |       } | 
| Chris Lattner | 0442108 | 2008-04-08 04:40:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3446 |     } | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3447 |   } | 
| Steve Naroff | 6a9f3e3 | 2007-08-07 22:44:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3448 |  | 
| Anders Carlsson | 11f21a0 | 2009-03-23 19:10:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3449 |   // Parameters can not be abstract class types. | 
| Anders Carlsson | 8211eff | 2009-03-24 01:19:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3450 |   // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once | 
 | 3451 |   // the class has been completely parsed.  | 
 | 3452 |   if (!CurContext->isRecord() &&  | 
 | 3453 |       RequireNonAbstractType(D.getIdentifierLoc(), parmDeclType,  | 
| Anders Carlsson | 11f21a0 | 2009-03-23 19:10:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3454 |                              diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, | 
| Anders Carlsson | 8211eff | 2009-03-24 01:19:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3455 |                              AbstractParamType)) | 
| Anders Carlsson | 11f21a0 | 2009-03-23 19:10:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3456 |     D.setInvalidType(true); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 44b4321 | 2008-12-11 16:49:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3457 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 2dc0e64 | 2009-03-23 23:06:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3458 |   QualType T = adjustParameterType(parmDeclType); | 
 | 3459 |    | 
 | 3460 |   ParmVarDecl *New; | 
 | 3461 |   if (T == parmDeclType) // parameter type did not need adjustment | 
 | 3462 |     New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, CurContext,  | 
 | 3463 |                               D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | a1d5662 | 2009-08-19 01:27:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3464 |                               parmDeclType, DInfo, StorageClass,  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 2dc0e64 | 2009-03-23 23:06:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3465 |                               0); | 
 | 3466 |   else // keep track of both the adjusted and unadjusted types | 
 | 3467 |     New = OriginalParmVarDecl::Create(Context, CurContext,  | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | a1d5662 | 2009-08-19 01:27:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3468 |                                       D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, T, DInfo, | 
| Douglas Gregor | 2dc0e64 | 2009-03-23 23:06:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3469 |                                       parmDeclType, StorageClass, 0); | 
| Anders Carlsson | f78915f | 2008-02-15 07:04:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3470 |    | 
| Chris Lattner | eaaebc7 | 2009-04-25 08:06:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3471 |   if (D.isInvalidType()) | 
| Steve Naroff | 53a3234 | 2007-08-28 18:45:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3472 |     New->setInvalidDecl(); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 44b4321 | 2008-12-11 16:49:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3473 |  | 
| Steve Naroff | ccef371 | 2009-02-20 22:59:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3474 |   // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are | 
 | 3475 |   // passed by reference. | 
| Douglas Gregor | 2dc0e64 | 2009-03-23 23:06:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3476 |   if (T->isObjCInterfaceType()) { | 
| Chris Lattner | 2dd979f | 2009-04-11 19:08:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3477 |     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), | 
 | 3478 |          diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T; | 
| Steve Naroff | ccef371 | 2009-02-20 22:59:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3479 |     New->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 | 3480 |   } | 
| Chris Lattner | f97e8fa | 2009-04-11 19:34:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3481 |    | 
 | 3482 |   // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). | 
 | 3483 |   if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { | 
 | 3484 |     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator) | 
 | 3485 |       << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); | 
 | 3486 |     New->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 | 3487 |   } | 
| Douglas Gregor | 584049d | 2008-12-15 23:53:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3488 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 44b4321 | 2008-12-11 16:49:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3489 |   // Add the parameter declaration into this scope. | 
| Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3490 |   S->AddDecl(DeclPtrTy::make(New)); | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 87f3ff0 | 2008-04-12 00:47:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3491 |   if (II) | 
| Douglas Gregor | 44b4321 | 2008-12-11 16:49:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3492 |     IdResolver.AddDecl(New); | 
| Nate Begeman | b7894b5 | 2008-02-17 21:20:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3493 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 9cdda0c | 2009-06-17 21:51:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3494 |   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D); | 
| Mike Stump | ea000bf | 2009-04-30 00:19:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3495 |  | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 40b598e | 2009-06-30 02:34:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3496 |   if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { | 
| Mike Stump | ea000bf | 2009-04-30 00:19:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3497 |     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); | 
 | 3498 |   } | 
| Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3499 |   return DeclPtrTy::make(New); | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3500 | } | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | 306d68f | 2007-11-08 23:49:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3501 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | a3a8351 | 2009-04-01 23:51:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3502 | void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, | 
 | 3503 |                                            SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) { | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3504 |   assert(D.getTypeObject(0).Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function && | 
 | 3505 |          "Not a function declarator!"); | 
 | 3506 |   DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getTypeObject(0).Fun; | 
| Chris Lattner | 0442108 | 2008-04-08 04:40:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3507 |  | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3508 |   // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared' | 
 | 3509 |   // for a K&R function. | 
 | 3510 |   if (!FTI.hasPrototype) { | 
| Douglas Gregor | 2610348 | 2009-04-02 03:14:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3511 |     for (int i = FTI.NumArgs; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) { | 
 | 3512 |       --i; | 
| Chris Lattner | 0442108 | 2008-04-08 04:40:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3513 |       if (FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param == 0) { | 
| Douglas Gregor | 2610348 | 2009-04-02 03:14:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3514 |         std::string Code = "  int "; | 
| Douglas Gregor | a3a8351 | 2009-04-01 23:51:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3515 |         Code += FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident->getName(); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 2610348 | 2009-04-02 03:14:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3516 |         Code += ";\n"; | 
| Chris Lattner | 3c73c41 | 2008-11-19 08:23:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3517 |         Diag(FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared) | 
| Douglas Gregor | a3a8351 | 2009-04-01 23:51:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3518 |           << FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident | 
 | 3519 |           << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code); | 
 | 3520 |  | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3521 |         // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better | 
 | 3522 |         // type. | 
| Chris Lattner | 0442108 | 2008-04-08 04:40:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3523 |         DeclSpec DS; | 
 | 3524 |         const char* PrevSpec; // unused | 
| John McCall | fec5401 | 2009-08-03 20:12:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3525 |         unsigned DiagID; // unused | 
| Chris Lattner | 0442108 | 2008-04-08 04:40:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3526 |         DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc,  | 
| John McCall | fec5401 | 2009-08-03 20:12:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3527 |                            PrevSpec, DiagID); | 
| Chris Lattner | 0442108 | 2008-04-08 04:40:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3528 |         Declarator ParamD(DS, Declarator::KNRTypeListContext); | 
 | 3529 |         ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident, FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc); | 
| Douglas Gregor | be109b3 | 2009-01-23 16:23:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3530 |         FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD); | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3531 |       } | 
 | 3532 |     } | 
| Douglas Gregor | be109b3 | 2009-01-23 16:23:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3533 |   }  | 
 | 3534 | } | 
 | 3535 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3536 | Sema::DeclPtrTy Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, | 
 | 3537 |                                               Declarator &D) { | 
| Douglas Gregor | be109b3 | 2009-01-23 16:23:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3538 |   assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == 0 && "Function parsing confused"); | 
 | 3539 |   assert(D.getTypeObject(0).Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function && | 
 | 3540 |          "Not a function declarator!"); | 
 | 3541 |   DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getTypeObject(0).Fun; | 
 | 3542 |  | 
 | 3543 |   if (FTI.hasPrototype) { | 
| Chris Lattner | 0442108 | 2008-04-08 04:40:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3544 |     // FIXME: Diagnose arguments without names in C.  | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3545 |   } | 
 | 3546 |    | 
| Douglas Gregor | 584049d | 2008-12-15 23:53:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3547 |   Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent(); | 
| Steve Naroff | adbbd0c | 2008-01-14 20:51:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3548 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | e542c86 | 2009-06-23 23:11:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3549 |   DeclPtrTy DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D,  | 
 | 3550 |                                   MultiTemplateParamsArg(*this), | 
 | 3551 |                                   /*IsFunctionDefinition=*/true); | 
| Chris Lattner | 682bf92 | 2009-03-29 16:50:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3552 |   return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP); | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 0795232 | 2008-07-01 10:37:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3553 | } | 
 | 3554 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3555 | Sema::DeclPtrTy Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, DeclPtrTy D) { | 
| Douglas Gregor | 52591bf | 2009-06-24 00:54:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3556 |   if (!D) | 
 | 3557 |     return D; | 
| Douglas Gregor | d83d040 | 2009-08-22 00:34:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3558 |   FunctionDecl *FD = 0; | 
 | 3559 |    | 
 | 3560 |   if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl  | 
 | 3561 |         = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D.getAs<Decl>())) | 
 | 3562 |     FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); | 
 | 3563 |   else | 
 | 3564 |     FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D.getAs<Decl>()); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 6fc17ff | 2008-10-29 15:10:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3565 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 38c5ebd | 2009-04-19 05:21:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3566 |   CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = false; | 
 | 3567 |    | 
| Douglas Gregor | 6fc17ff | 2008-10-29 15:10:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3568 |   // See if this is a redefinition. | 
 | 3569 |   const FunctionDecl *Definition; | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 6fb0aee | 2009-06-30 02:35:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3570 |   if (FD->getBody(Definition)) { | 
| Chris Lattner | 08631c5 | 2008-11-23 21:45:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3571 |     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName(); | 
| Chris Lattner | 5f4a682 | 2008-11-23 23:12:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3572 |     Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 6fc17ff | 2008-10-29 15:10:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3573 |   } | 
 | 3574 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | cda9c67 | 2009-02-16 17:45:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3575 |   // Builtin functions cannot be defined. | 
 | 3576 |   if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID(Context)) { | 
| Douglas Gregor | 655753a | 2009-02-17 16:03:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3577 |     if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { | 
| Douglas Gregor | cda9c67 | 2009-02-16 17:45:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3578 |       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD; | 
| Douglas Gregor | 655753a | 2009-02-17 16:03:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3579 |       FD->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 | 3580 |     } | 
| Douglas Gregor | cda9c67 | 2009-02-16 17:45:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3581 |   } | 
 | 3582 |  | 
| Eli Friedman | 7f0f5dc | 2009-03-04 07:30:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3583 |   // The return type of a function definition must be complete | 
| Douglas Gregor | e7450f5 | 2009-03-24 19:52:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3584 |   // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6). | 
 | 3585 |   QualType ResultType = FD->getResultType(); | 
 | 3586 |   if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() && | 
| Chris Lattner | 65e6a09 | 2009-04-29 05:12:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3587 |       !FD->isInvalidDecl() && | 
| Douglas Gregor | e7450f5 | 2009-03-24 19:52:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3588 |       RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType, | 
 | 3589 |                           diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result)) | 
| Eli Friedman | 7f0f5dc | 2009-03-04 07:30:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3590 |     FD->setInvalidDecl(); | 
| Eli Friedman | 7f0f5dc | 2009-03-04 07:30:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3591 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 8499f3f | 2009-03-31 16:35:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3592 |   // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes: | 
 | 3593 |   //   Warn if a global function is defined without a previous | 
 | 3594 |   //   prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the | 
 | 3595 |   //   definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect | 
 | 3596 |   //   global functions that fail to be declared in header files. | 
| Douglas Gregor | 2c2d9dc | 2009-04-08 15:21:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3597 |   if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->isGlobal() && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD) && | 
| John McCall | 07a5c22 | 2009-08-15 02:09:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3598 |       !FD->isMain(Context)) { | 
| Douglas Gregor | 8499f3f | 2009-03-31 16:35:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3599 |     bool MissingPrototype = true; | 
 | 3600 |     for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDeclaration(); | 
 | 3601 |          Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDeclaration()) { | 
 | 3602 |       // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method | 
 | 3603 |       // scope, because they aren't visible from the header. | 
 | 3604 |       if (Prev->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) | 
 | 3605 |         continue; | 
 | 3606 |  | 
 | 3607 |       MissingPrototype = !Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType(); | 
 | 3608 |       break; | 
 | 3609 |     } | 
 | 3610 |  | 
 | 3611 |     if (MissingPrototype) | 
 | 3612 |       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD; | 
 | 3613 |   } | 
 | 3614 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | e2c31ff | 2009-05-15 17:59:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3615 |   if (FnBodyScope) | 
 | 3616 |     PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD); | 
| Anton Korobeynikov | 2f40270 | 2008-12-26 00:52:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3617 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 0442108 | 2008-04-08 04:40:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3618 |   // Check the validity of our function parameters | 
 | 3619 |   CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD); | 
 | 3620 |  | 
 | 3621 |   // Introduce our parameters into the function scope | 
 | 3622 |   for (unsigned p = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); p < NumParams; ++p) { | 
 | 3623 |     ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(p); | 
| Douglas Gregor | a8cc8ce | 2009-01-09 18:51:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3624 |     Param->setOwningFunction(FD); | 
 | 3625 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 0442108 | 2008-04-08 04:40:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3626 |     // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. | 
| Douglas Gregor | e2c31ff | 2009-05-15 17:59:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3627 |     if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 87f3ff0 | 2008-04-12 00:47:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3628 |       PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope); | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3629 |   } | 
| Chris Lattner | 0442108 | 2008-04-08 04:40:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3630 |  | 
| Anton Korobeynikov | 2f40270 | 2008-12-26 00:52:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3631 |   // Checking attributes of current function definition | 
 | 3632 |   // dllimport attribute. | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 40b598e | 2009-06-30 02:34:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3633 |   if (FD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>() &&  | 
 | 3634 |       (!FD->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>())) { | 
| Anton Korobeynikov | 2f40270 | 2008-12-26 00:52:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3635 |     // dllimport attribute cannot be applied to definition. | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 40b598e | 2009-06-30 02:34:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3636 |     if (!(FD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>())->isInherited()) { | 
| Anton Korobeynikov | 2f40270 | 2008-12-26 00:52:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3637 |       Diag(FD->getLocation(), | 
 | 3638 |            diag::err_attribute_can_be_applied_only_to_symbol_declaration) | 
 | 3639 |         << "dllimport"; | 
 | 3640 |       FD->setInvalidDecl(); | 
| Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3641 |       return DeclPtrTy::make(FD); | 
| Anton Korobeynikov | 2f40270 | 2008-12-26 00:52:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3642 |     } else { | 
 | 3643 |       // If a symbol previously declared dllimport is later defined, the | 
 | 3644 |       // attribute is ignored in subsequent references, and a warning is | 
 | 3645 |       // emitted. | 
 | 3646 |       Diag(FD->getLocation(), | 
 | 3647 |            diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored) | 
 | 3648 |         << FD->getNameAsCString() << "dllimport"; | 
 | 3649 |     } | 
 | 3650 |   } | 
| Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3651 |   return DeclPtrTy::make(FD); | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3652 | } | 
 | 3653 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3654 | Sema::DeclPtrTy Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(DeclPtrTy D, StmtArg BodyArg) { | 
| Douglas Gregor | e2c31ff | 2009-05-15 17:59:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3655 |   return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, move(BodyArg), false); | 
 | 3656 | } | 
 | 3657 |  | 
 | 3658 | Sema::DeclPtrTy Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(DeclPtrTy D, StmtArg BodyArg, | 
 | 3659 |                                               bool IsInstantiation) { | 
| Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3660 |   Decl *dcl = D.getAs<Decl>(); | 
| Sebastian Redl | d3a413d | 2009-04-26 20:35:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3661 |   Stmt *Body = BodyArg.takeAs<Stmt>(); | 
| Douglas Gregor | d83d040 | 2009-08-22 00:34:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3662 |  | 
 | 3663 |   FunctionDecl *FD = 0; | 
 | 3664 |   FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl); | 
 | 3665 |   if (FunTmpl) | 
 | 3666 |     FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); | 
 | 3667 |   else | 
 | 3668 |     FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(dcl); | 
 | 3669 |  | 
 | 3670 |   if (FD) { | 
| Chris Lattner | a5251fc | 2009-04-18 09:36:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3671 |     FD->setBody(Body); | 
| John McCall | 07a5c22 | 2009-08-15 02:09:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3672 |     if (FD->isMain(Context)) | 
| Mike Stump | 5f28a1e | 2009-07-24 02:49:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3673 |       // C and C++ allow for main to automagically return 0. | 
| John McCall | 0cfeb63 | 2009-07-28 01:00:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3674 |       // Implements C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3. | 
 | 3675 |       FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); | 
 | 3676 |     else | 
| Mike Stump | b1682c5 | 2009-07-22 23:56:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3677 |       CheckFallThroughForFunctionDef(FD, Body); | 
| Douglas Gregor | e0762c9 | 2009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3678 |      | 
 | 3679 |     if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) | 
 | 3680 |       DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end()); | 
 | 3681 |      | 
 | 3682 |     // C++ [basic.def.odr]p2: | 
 | 3683 |     //   [...] A virtual member function is used if it is not pure. [...] | 
 | 3684 |     if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) | 
 | 3685 |       if (Method->isVirtual() && !Method->isPure()) | 
 | 3686 |         MarkDeclarationReferenced(Method->getLocation(), Method); | 
 | 3687 |      | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 53d0ea5 | 2008-06-28 06:07:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3688 |     assert(FD == getCurFunctionDecl() && "Function parsing confused"); | 
| Steve Naroff | 394f3f4 | 2008-07-25 17:57:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3689 |   } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) { | 
| Chris Lattner | ffed163 | 2009-02-16 19:27:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3690 |     assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused"); | 
| Chris Lattner | a5251fc | 2009-04-18 09:36:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3691 |     MD->setBody(Body); | 
| Mike Stump | 5f28a1e | 2009-07-24 02:49:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3692 |     CheckFallThroughForFunctionDef(MD, Body); | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | a2e85ad | 2009-07-18 00:33:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3693 |     MD->setEndLoc(Body->getLocEnd()); | 
| Douglas Gregor | e0762c9 | 2009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3694 |      | 
 | 3695 |     if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) | 
 | 3696 |       DiagnoseUnusedParameters(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end()); | 
| Ted Kremenek | 8189cde | 2009-02-07 01:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3697 |   } else { | 
 | 3698 |     Body->Destroy(Context); | 
| Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3699 |     return DeclPtrTy(); | 
| Ted Kremenek | 8189cde | 2009-02-07 01:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3700 |   } | 
| Douglas Gregor | e2c31ff | 2009-05-15 17:59:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3701 |   if (!IsInstantiation) | 
 | 3702 |     PopDeclContext(); | 
 | 3703 |  | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3704 |   // Verify and clean out per-function state. | 
| Eli Friedman | 8f17b66 | 2009-02-28 05:41:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3705 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 4f2aac3 | 2009-04-18 20:05:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3706 |   assert(&getLabelMap() == &FunctionLabelMap && "Didn't pop block right?"); | 
| Chris Lattner | ea29a3a | 2009-04-18 20:01:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3707 |    | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3708 |   // Check goto/label use. | 
| Steve Naroff | caaacec | 2009-03-13 15:38:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3709 |   for (llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*, LabelStmt*>::iterator | 
| Chris Lattner | ea29a3a | 2009-04-18 20:01:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3710 |        I = FunctionLabelMap.begin(), E = FunctionLabelMap.end(); I != E; ++I) { | 
| Chris Lattner | e32f74c | 2009-04-18 19:30:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3711 |     LabelStmt *L = I->second; | 
 | 3712 |      | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3713 |     // Verify that we have no forward references left.  If so, there was a goto | 
 | 3714 |     // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it.  Label fwd | 
 | 3715 |     // definitions are indicated with a null substmt. | 
| Chris Lattner | e32f74c | 2009-04-18 19:30:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3716 |     if (L->getSubStmt() != 0) | 
 | 3717 |       continue; | 
 | 3718 |      | 
 | 3719 |     // Emit error. | 
 | 3720 |     Diag(L->getIdentLoc(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) << L->getName(); | 
 | 3721 |      | 
 | 3722 |     // At this point, we have gotos that use the bogus label.  Stitch it into | 
 | 3723 |     // the function body so that they aren't leaked and that the AST is well | 
 | 3724 |     // formed. | 
 | 3725 |     if (Body == 0) { | 
 | 3726 |       // The whole function wasn't parsed correctly, just delete this. | 
 | 3727 |       L->Destroy(Context); | 
 | 3728 |       continue; | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3729 |     } | 
| Chris Lattner | e32f74c | 2009-04-18 19:30:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3730 |      | 
 | 3731 |     // Otherwise, the body is valid: we want to stitch the label decl into the | 
 | 3732 |     // function somewhere so that it is properly owned and so that the goto | 
 | 3733 |     // has a valid target.  Do this by creating a new compound stmt with the | 
 | 3734 |     // label in it. | 
| Sebastian Redl | d3a413d | 2009-04-26 20:35:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3735 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | e32f74c | 2009-04-18 19:30:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3736 |     // Give the label a sub-statement. | 
 | 3737 |     L->setSubStmt(new (Context) NullStmt(L->getIdentLoc())); | 
| Sebastian Redl | d3a413d | 2009-04-26 20:35:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3738 |  | 
 | 3739 |     CompoundStmt *Compound = isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body) ? | 
 | 3740 |                                cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body)->getTryBlock() : | 
 | 3741 |                                cast<CompoundStmt>(Body); | 
 | 3742 |     std::vector<Stmt*> Elements(Compound->body_begin(), Compound->body_end()); | 
| Chris Lattner | e32f74c | 2009-04-18 19:30:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3743 |     Elements.push_back(L); | 
| Sebastian Redl | d3a413d | 2009-04-26 20:35:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3744 |     Compound->setStmts(Context, &Elements[0], Elements.size()); | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3745 |   } | 
| Chris Lattner | ea29a3a | 2009-04-18 20:01:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3746 |   FunctionLabelMap.clear(); | 
| Eli Friedman | 8f17b66 | 2009-02-28 05:41:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3747 |  | 
 | 3748 |   if (!Body) return D; | 
 | 3749 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | b565937 | 2009-04-18 21:00:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3750 |   // Verify that that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally. | 
| Chris Lattner | 38c5ebd | 2009-04-19 05:21:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3751 |   if (CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking) | 
 | 3752 |     DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body); | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | 393612e | 2009-07-21 22:36:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3753 |    | 
 | 3754 |   // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return  | 
 | 3755 |   // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14)  | 
 | 3756 |   // Verify this. | 
| Douglas Gregor | d83d040 | 2009-08-22 00:34:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3757 |   if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body)) | 
| Sebastian Redl | 13e8854 | 2009-04-27 21:33:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3758 |     DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body)); | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | 393612e | 2009-07-21 22:36:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3759 |    | 
 | 3760 |   if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | 34374e6 | 2009-09-03 23:18:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3761 |     computeBaseOrMembersToDestroy(Destructor); | 
| Steve Naroff | d6d054d | 2007-11-11 23:20:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3762 |   return D; | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | 60fbca0 | 2007-11-10 16:31:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3763 | } | 
 | 3764 |  | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3765 | /// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function | 
 | 3766 | /// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2). | 
| Douglas Gregor | 4afa39d | 2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3767 | NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc,  | 
 | 3768 |                                           IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { | 
| Douglas Gregor | 6393519 | 2009-03-02 00:19:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3769 |   // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined | 
 | 3770 |   // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of | 
 | 3771 |   // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that | 
 | 3772 |   // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it. | 
 | 3773 |   llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos | 
 | 3774 |     = LocallyScopedExternalDecls.find(&II); | 
 | 3775 |   if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end()) { | 
 | 3776 |     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_use_out_of_scope_declaration) << Pos->second; | 
 | 3777 |     Diag(Pos->second->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); | 
 | 3778 |     return Pos->second; | 
 | 3779 |   } | 
 | 3780 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 37d1084 | 2008-05-05 21:18:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3781 |   // Extension in C99.  Legal in C90, but warn about it. | 
 | 3782 |   if (getLangOptions().C99) | 
| Chris Lattner | 3c73c41 | 2008-11-19 08:23:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3783 |     Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_function_decl) << &II; | 
| Chris Lattner | 37d1084 | 2008-05-05 21:18:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3784 |   else | 
| Chris Lattner | 3c73c41 | 2008-11-19 08:23:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3785 |     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_function_decl) << &II; | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3786 |    | 
 | 3787 |   // FIXME: handle stuff like: | 
 | 3788 |   // void foo() { extern float X(); } | 
 | 3789 |   // void bar() { X(); }  <-- implicit decl for X in another scope. | 
 | 3790 |  | 
 | 3791 |   // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo(); | 
 | 3792 |   const char *Dummy; | 
 | 3793 |   DeclSpec DS; | 
| John McCall | fec5401 | 2009-08-03 20:12:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3794 |   unsigned DiagID; | 
 | 3795 |   bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID); | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3796 |   Error = Error; // Silence warning. | 
 | 3797 |   assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!"); | 
 | 3798 |   Declarator D(DS, Declarator::BlockContext); | 
| Sebastian Redl | 7dc8134 | 2009-04-29 17:30:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3799 |   D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(false, false, SourceLocation(), 0, | 
| Sebastian Redl | 3cc9726 | 2009-05-31 11:47:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3800 |                                              0, 0, false, SourceLocation(), | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 82bf010 | 2009-08-19 23:14:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3801 |                                              false, 0,0,0, Loc, Loc, D), | 
| Sebastian Redl | ab197ba | 2009-02-09 18:23:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3802 |                 SourceLocation()); | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3803 |   D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc); | 
| Sebastian Redl | ab197ba | 2009-02-09 18:23:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3804 |  | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 93213bb | 2008-05-01 21:04:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3805 |   // Insert this function into translation-unit scope. | 
 | 3806 |  | 
 | 3807 |   DeclContext *PrevDC = CurContext; | 
 | 3808 |   CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); | 
 | 3809 |   | 
| Steve Naroff | e2ef815 | 2008-04-04 14:32:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3810 |   FunctionDecl *FD =  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 2e01cda | 2009-06-23 21:43:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3811 |  dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(TUScope, D).getAs<Decl>()); | 
| Steve Naroff | e2ef815 | 2008-04-04 14:32:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3812 |   FD->setImplicit(); | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 93213bb | 2008-05-01 21:04:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3813 |  | 
 | 3814 |   CurContext = PrevDC; | 
 | 3815 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 3c385e5 | 2009-02-14 18:57:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3816 |   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD); | 
 | 3817 |  | 
| Steve Naroff | e2ef815 | 2008-04-04 14:32:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3818 |   return FD; | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3819 | } | 
 | 3820 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 3c385e5 | 2009-02-14 18:57:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3821 | /// \brief Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on | 
 | 3822 | /// the declaration of this function. | 
 | 3823 | /// | 
 | 3824 | /// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins | 
 | 3825 | /// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions | 
 | 3826 | /// like NSLog or printf. | 
 | 3827 | void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) { | 
 | 3828 |   if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) | 
 | 3829 |     return; | 
 | 3830 |  | 
 | 3831 |   // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to | 
 | 3832 |   // actual attributes. | 
 | 3833 |   if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID(Context)) { | 
 | 3834 |     // Handle printf-formatting attributes. | 
 | 3835 |     unsigned FormatIdx; | 
 | 3836 |     bool HasVAListArg; | 
 | 3837 |     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) { | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 40b598e | 2009-06-30 02:34:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3838 |       if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) | 
 | 3839 |         FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr("printf", FormatIdx + 1, | 
| Eli Friedman | d7dad72 | 2009-06-10 04:01:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3840 |                                              HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx + 2)); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 3c385e5 | 2009-02-14 18:57:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3841 |     } | 
| Daniel Dunbar | ef2abfe | 2009-02-16 22:43:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3842 |  | 
 | 3843 |     // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only | 
 | 3844 |     // thing preventing the function from being const. This allows | 
 | 3845 |     // IRgen to use LLVM intrinsics for such functions. | 
 | 3846 |     if (!getLangOptions().MathErrno && | 
 | 3847 |         Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) { | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 40b598e | 2009-06-30 02:34:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3848 |       if (!FD->getAttr<ConstAttr>()) | 
 | 3849 |         FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ConstAttr()); | 
| Daniel Dunbar | ef2abfe | 2009-02-16 22:43:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3850 |     } | 
| Mike Stump | 0feecbb | 2009-07-27 19:14:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3851 |  | 
 | 3852 |     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoReturn(BuiltinID)) | 
 | 3853 |       FD->addAttr(::new (Context) NoReturnAttr()); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 3c385e5 | 2009-02-14 18:57:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3854 |   } | 
 | 3855 |  | 
 | 3856 |   IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier(); | 
 | 3857 |   if (!Name) | 
 | 3858 |     return; | 
 | 3859 |   if ((!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&  | 
 | 3860 |        FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) || | 
 | 3861 |       (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) && | 
 | 3862 |        cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() ==  | 
 | 3863 |        LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) { | 
 | 3864 |     // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know | 
 | 3865 |     // about. | 
 | 3866 |   } else | 
 | 3867 |     return; | 
 | 3868 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 21e072b | 2009-04-22 20:56:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3869 |   if (Name->isStr("NSLog") || Name->isStr("NSLogv")) { | 
| Mike Stump | 523a8fd | 2009-07-28 00:07:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3870 |     // FIXME: NSLog and NSLogv should be target specific | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 40b598e | 2009-06-30 02:34:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3871 |     if (const FormatAttr *Format = FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) { | 
| Douglas Gregor | 3c385e5 | 2009-02-14 18:57:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3872 |       // FIXME: We known better than our headers. | 
 | 3873 |       const_cast<FormatAttr *>(Format)->setType("printf"); | 
 | 3874 |     } else  | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 40b598e | 2009-06-30 02:34:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3875 |       FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr("printf", 1, | 
| Eli Friedman | d7dad72 | 2009-06-10 04:01:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3876 |                                              Name->isStr("NSLogv") ? 0 : 2)); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 21e072b | 2009-04-22 20:56:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3877 |   } else if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) { | 
| Mike Stump | 523a8fd | 2009-07-28 00:07:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3878 |     // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be | 
 | 3879 |     // target-specific builtins, perhaps?  | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 40b598e | 2009-06-30 02:34:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3880 |     if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) | 
 | 3881 |       FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr("printf", 2, | 
| Eli Friedman | d7dad72 | 2009-06-10 04:01:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3882 |                                              Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3)); | 
| Mike Stump | 782fa30 | 2009-07-28 02:25:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3883 |   } | 
| Douglas Gregor | 3c385e5 | 2009-02-14 18:57:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3884 | } | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3885 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 682bf92 | 2009-03-29 16:50:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3886 | TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T) { | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3887 |   assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator"); | 
| Steve Naroff | 5912a35 | 2007-08-28 20:14:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3888 |   assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type"); | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3889 |    | 
 | 3890 |   // Scope manipulation handled by caller. | 
| Chris Lattner | 0ed844b | 2008-04-04 06:12:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3891 |   TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, | 
 | 3892 |                                            D.getIdentifierLoc(), | 
| Chris Lattner | 6c2b6eb | 2008-03-15 06:12:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3893 |                                            D.getIdentifier(),  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 4afa39d | 2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3894 |                                            T); | 
| Anders Carlsson | 4843e58 | 2009-03-10 17:07:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3895 |    | 
| John McCall | 2191b20 | 2009-09-05 06:31:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame^] | 3896 |   if (const TagType *TT = T->getAs<TagType>()) { | 
| Anders Carlsson | 4843e58 | 2009-03-10 17:07:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3897 |     TagDecl *TD = TT->getDecl(); | 
 | 3898 |      | 
 | 3899 |     // If the TagDecl that the TypedefDecl points to is an anonymous decl | 
 | 3900 |     // keep track of the TypedefDecl. | 
 | 3901 |     if (!TD->getIdentifier() && !TD->getTypedefForAnonDecl()) | 
 | 3902 |       TD->setTypedefForAnonDecl(NewTD); | 
 | 3903 |   } | 
 | 3904 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | eaaebc7 | 2009-04-25 08:06:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3905 |   if (D.isInvalidType()) | 
| Steve Naroff | 5912a35 | 2007-08-28 20:14:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3906 |     NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 | 3907 |   return NewTD; | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3908 | } | 
 | 3909 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 501c5ce | 2009-05-14 16:41:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3910 |  | 
 | 3911 | /// \brief Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable | 
 | 3912 | /// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration. | 
 | 3913 | /// | 
 | 3914 | /// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise. | 
 | 3915 | bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous,  | 
 | 3916 |                                         TagDecl::TagKind NewTag, | 
 | 3917 |                                         SourceLocation NewTagLoc, | 
 | 3918 |                                         const IdentifierInfo &Name) { | 
 | 3919 |   // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3: | 
 | 3920 |   //   The class-key or enum keyword present in the | 
 | 3921 |   //   elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the | 
 | 3922 |   //   declaration to which the name in theelaborated-type-specifier | 
 | 3923 |   //   refers. This rule also applies to the form of | 
 | 3924 |   //   elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or | 
 | 3925 |   //   friend class since it can be construed as referring to the | 
 | 3926 |   //   definition of the class. Thus, in any | 
 | 3927 |   //   elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to | 
 | 3928 |   //   refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-keyshall be | 
 | 3929 |   //   used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or | 
 | 3930 |   //   struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9) | 
 | 3931 |   //   declared using the class or struct class-key. | 
 | 3932 |   TagDecl::TagKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind(); | 
 | 3933 |   if (OldTag == NewTag) | 
 | 3934 |     return true; | 
 | 3935 |   | 
 | 3936 |   if ((OldTag == TagDecl::TK_struct || OldTag == TagDecl::TK_class) && | 
 | 3937 |       (NewTag == TagDecl::TK_struct || NewTag == TagDecl::TK_class)) { | 
 | 3938 |     // Warn about the struct/class tag mismatch. | 
 | 3939 |     bool isTemplate = false; | 
 | 3940 |     if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous)) | 
 | 3941 |       isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate(); | 
 | 3942 |  | 
 | 3943 |     Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) | 
 | 3944 |       << (NewTag == TagDecl::TK_class) | 
 | 3945 |       << isTemplate << &Name | 
| Douglas Gregor | 501c5ce | 2009-05-14 16:41:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3946 |       << CodeModificationHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc), | 
 | 3947 |                               OldTag == TagDecl::TK_class? "class" : "struct"); | 
 | 3948 |     Diag(Previous->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); | 
 | 3949 |     return true; | 
 | 3950 |   } | 
 | 3951 |   return false; | 
 | 3952 | } | 
 | 3953 |  | 
| Steve Naroff | 08d92e4 | 2007-09-15 18:49:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3954 | /// ActOnTag - This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'.  In the | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3955 | /// former case, Name will be non-null.  In the later case, Name will be null. | 
| John McCall | 0f434ec | 2009-07-31 02:45:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3956 | /// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3957 | /// reference/declaration/definition of a tag. | 
| John McCall | 0f434ec | 2009-07-31 02:45:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3958 | Sema::DeclPtrTy Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, | 
| Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3959 |                                SourceLocation KWLoc, const CXXScopeSpec &SS, | 
 | 3960 |                                IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, | 
| Douglas Gregor | 402abb5 | 2009-05-28 23:31:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3961 |                                AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS, | 
| Douglas Gregor | 7cdbc58 | 2009-07-22 23:48:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3962 |                                MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, | 
| Douglas Gregor | 402abb5 | 2009-05-28 23:31:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3963 |                                bool &OwnedDecl) { | 
| Douglas Gregor | 7df7b6b | 2008-12-15 16:32:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3964 |   // If this is not a definition, it must have a name. | 
| John McCall | 0f434ec | 2009-07-31 02:45:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3965 |   assert((Name != 0 || TUK == TUK_Definition) && | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3966 |          "Nameless record must be a definition!"); | 
| Douglas Gregor | aaba5e3 | 2009-02-04 19:02:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3967 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 402abb5 | 2009-05-28 23:31:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3968 |   OwnedDecl = false; | 
| John McCall | f1bbbb4 | 2009-09-04 01:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3969 |   TagDecl::TagKind Kind = TagDecl::getTagKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec); | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3970 |    | 
| John McCall | 0f434ec | 2009-07-31 02:45:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3971 |   if (TUK != TUK_Reference) { | 
| Douglas Gregor | 7cdbc58 | 2009-07-22 23:48:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3972 |     if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams | 
 | 3973 |           = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(KWLoc, SS, | 
 | 3974 |                         (TemplateParameterList**)TemplateParameterLists.get(), | 
 | 3975 |                                               TemplateParameterLists.size())) { | 
 | 3976 |       if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { | 
 | 3977 |         // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may | 
 | 3978 |         // be a member of another template). | 
 | 3979 |         OwnedDecl = false; | 
| John McCall | 0f434ec | 2009-07-31 02:45:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3980 |         DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc, | 
| Douglas Gregor | 7cdbc58 | 2009-07-22 23:48:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3981 |                                                SS, Name, NameLoc, Attr, | 
| Douglas Gregor | 05396e2 | 2009-08-25 17:23:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3982 |                                                TemplateParams, | 
| Douglas Gregor | 7cdbc58 | 2009-07-22 23:48:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3983 |                                                AS); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 05396e2 | 2009-08-25 17:23:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3984 |         TemplateParameterLists.release(); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 7cdbc58 | 2009-07-22 23:48:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3985 |         return Result.get(); | 
 | 3986 |       } else { | 
 | 3987 |         // FIXME: diagnose the extraneous 'template<>', once we recover | 
 | 3988 |         // slightly better in ParseTemplate.cpp from bogus template | 
 | 3989 |         // parameters. | 
 | 3990 |       } | 
 | 3991 |     }         | 
 | 3992 |   }   | 
 | 3993 |    | 
| Douglas Gregor | 4920f1f | 2009-01-12 22:49:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3994 |   DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext; | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 0f84a23 | 2008-11-09 22:53:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3995 |   DeclContext *DC = CurContext; | 
| Douglas Gregor | 47b9a1c | 2009-02-04 17:27:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3996 |   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = 0; | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | ef6e647 | 2008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3997 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 0b7a158 | 2009-01-17 00:42:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3998 |   bool Invalid = false; | 
 | 3999 |  | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 630c81b | 2008-11-09 22:09:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4000 |   if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) { | 
 | 4001 |     // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar'). | 
 | 4002 |  | 
 | 4003 |     // Check for invalid 'foo::'. | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 0f84a23 | 2008-11-09 22:53:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4004 |     if (SS.isInvalid()) { | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 630c81b | 2008-11-09 22:09:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4005 |       Name = 0; | 
 | 4006 |       goto CreateNewDecl; | 
 | 4007 |     } | 
 | 4008 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 3f5b61c | 2009-05-14 00:28:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4009 |     if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS)) | 
 | 4010 |       return DeclPtrTy::make((Decl *)0); | 
 | 4011 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | f59a56e | 2009-07-21 23:53:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4012 |     DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 1931b44 | 2009-02-03 00:34:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4013 |     SearchDC = DC; | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 0f84a23 | 2008-11-09 22:53:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4014 |     // Look-up name inside 'foo::'. | 
| Douglas Gregor | 3f5b61c | 2009-05-14 00:28:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4015 |     PrevDecl  | 
 | 4016 |       = dyn_cast_or_null<TagDecl>( | 
 | 4017 |                LookupQualifiedName(DC, Name, LookupTagName, true).getAsDecl()); | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 630c81b | 2008-11-09 22:09:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4018 |  | 
 | 4019 |     // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist. | 
 | 4020 |     if (PrevDecl == 0) { | 
| Chris Lattner | 3c73c41 | 2008-11-19 08:23:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4021 |       Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope) << Name << SS.getRange(); | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 630c81b | 2008-11-09 22:09:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4022 |       Name = 0; | 
| Douglas Gregor | d0c8737 | 2009-05-27 17:30:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4023 |       Invalid = true; | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 630c81b | 2008-11-09 22:09:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4024 |       goto CreateNewDecl; | 
 | 4025 |     } | 
| Chris Lattner | cf79b01 | 2009-01-21 02:38:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4026 |   } else if (Name) { | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 630c81b | 2008-11-09 22:09:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4027 |     // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward | 
 | 4028 |     // declaration or definition. | 
| Douglas Gregor | 2a3009a | 2009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4029 |     // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we | 
 | 4030 |     // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we | 
 | 4031 |     // shouldn't be diagnosing. | 
| Douglas Gregor | e2c565d | 2009-02-03 19:26:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4032 |     LookupResult R = LookupName(S, Name, LookupTagName, | 
| John McCall | 0f434ec | 2009-07-31 02:45:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4033 |                                 /*RedeclarationOnly=*/(TUK != TUK_Reference)); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 2a3009a | 2009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4034 |     if (R.isAmbiguous()) { | 
 | 4035 |       DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(R, Name, NameLoc); | 
 | 4036 |       // FIXME: This is not best way to recover from case like: | 
 | 4037 |       // | 
 | 4038 |       // struct S s; | 
 | 4039 |       // | 
| Douglas Gregor | 31a19b6 | 2009-04-01 21:51:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4040 |       // causes needless "incomplete type" error later. | 
| Douglas Gregor | 2a3009a | 2009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4041 |       Name = 0; | 
 | 4042 |       PrevDecl = 0; | 
 | 4043 |       Invalid = true; | 
| Mike Stump | ac5fc7c | 2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4044 |     } else | 
| Douglas Gregor | 47b9a1c | 2009-02-04 17:27:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4045 |       PrevDecl = R; | 
| Douglas Gregor | 72de667 | 2009-01-08 20:45:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4046 |  | 
| John McCall | 0f434ec | 2009-07-31 02:45:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4047 |     if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) { | 
| Douglas Gregor | 72de667 | 2009-01-08 20:45:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4048 |       // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated | 
 | 4049 |       // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching | 
 | 4050 |       // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak | 
| Douglas Gregor | 4c921ae | 2009-01-30 01:04:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4051 |       // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this? | 
| Douglas Gregor | 4920f1f | 2009-01-12 22:49:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4052 |       while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC)) | 
 | 4053 |         SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 72de667 | 2009-01-08 20:45:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4054 |     } | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 630c81b | 2008-11-09 22:09:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4055 |   } | 
 | 4056 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | f57172b | 2008-12-08 18:40:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4057 |   if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { | 
| Douglas Gregor | 72c3f31 | 2008-12-05 18:15:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4058 |     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. | 
 | 4059 |     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, PrevDecl); | 
 | 4060 |     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. | 
 | 4061 |     PrevDecl = 0; | 
 | 4062 |   } | 
 | 4063 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 22bd905 | 2009-02-16 22:07:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4064 |   if (PrevDecl) { | 
| Douglas Gregor | 48f3bb9 | 2009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4065 |     // Check whether the previous declaration is usable. | 
 | 4066 |     (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PrevDecl, NameLoc); | 
| Chris Lattner | 22bd905 | 2009-02-16 22:07:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4067 |      | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 2d1c5d3 | 2008-04-27 13:50:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4068 |     if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { | 
| Chris Lattner | 14943b9 | 2008-07-03 03:30:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4069 |       // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared | 
 | 4070 |       // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 2d1c5d3 | 2008-04-27 13:50:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4071 |       // rementions the tag), reuse the decl. | 
| John McCall | 67d1a67 | 2009-08-06 02:15:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4072 |       if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend || | 
 | 4073 |           isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S)) { | 
| Chris Lattner | 14943b9 | 2008-07-03 03:30:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4074 |         // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a | 
 | 4075 |         // struct or something similar. | 
| Douglas Gregor | 501c5ce | 2009-05-14 16:41:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4076 |         if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind, KWLoc, *Name)) { | 
| Douglas Gregor | a3a8351 | 2009-04-01 23:51:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4077 |           bool SafeToContinue  | 
 | 4078 |             = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TagDecl::TK_enum && | 
 | 4079 |                Kind != TagDecl::TK_enum); | 
 | 4080 |           if (SafeToContinue) | 
 | 4081 |             Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag)  | 
 | 4082 |               << Name | 
 | 4083 |               << CodeModificationHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc), | 
 | 4084 |                                                   PrevTagDecl->getKindName()); | 
 | 4085 |           else | 
 | 4086 |             Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name; | 
| Chris Lattner | 5f4a682 | 2008-11-23 23:12:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4087 |           Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); | 
| Douglas Gregor | a3a8351 | 2009-04-01 23:51:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4088 |  | 
 | 4089 |           if (SafeToContinue)  | 
 | 4090 |             Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind(); | 
 | 4091 |           else { | 
 | 4092 |             // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition. | 
 | 4093 |             Name = 0; | 
 | 4094 |             PrevDecl = 0; | 
 | 4095 |             Invalid = true; | 
 | 4096 |           } | 
 | 4097 |         } | 
 | 4098 |  | 
 | 4099 |         if (!Invalid) { | 
| Douglas Gregor | 7df7b6b | 2008-12-15 16:32:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4100 |           // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found. | 
| Chris Lattner | 14943b9 | 2008-07-03 03:30:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4101 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 7df7b6b | 2008-12-15 16:32:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4102 |           // FIXME: In the future, return a variant or some other clue | 
 | 4103 |           // for the consumer of this Decl to know it doesn't own it. | 
 | 4104 |           // For our current ASTs this shouldn't be a problem, but will | 
 | 4105 |           // need to be changed with DeclGroups. | 
| John McCall | 0f434ec | 2009-07-31 02:45:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4106 |           if (TUK == TUK_Reference) | 
| Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4107 |             return DeclPtrTy::make(PrevDecl); | 
| Douglas Gregor | aaba5e3 | 2009-02-04 19:02:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4108 |  | 
| John McCall | 67d1a67 | 2009-08-06 02:15:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4109 |           // If this is a friend, make sure we create the new | 
 | 4110 |           // declaration in the appropriate semantic context. | 
 | 4111 |           if (TUK == TUK_Friend) | 
 | 4112 |             SearchDC = PrevDecl->getDeclContext(); | 
 | 4113 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 7df7b6b | 2008-12-15 16:32:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4114 |           // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag. | 
| John McCall | 0f434ec | 2009-07-31 02:45:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4115 |           if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { | 
| Douglas Gregor | 7df7b6b | 2008-12-15 16:32:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4116 |             if (TagDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition(Context)) { | 
 | 4117 |               Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name; | 
 | 4118 |               Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 0b7a158 | 2009-01-17 00:42:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4119 |               // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this | 
 | 4120 |               // struct be anonymous, which will make any later | 
 | 4121 |               // references get the previous definition. | 
| Douglas Gregor | 7df7b6b | 2008-12-15 16:32:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4122 |               Name = 0; | 
 | 4123 |               PrevDecl = 0; | 
| Douglas Gregor | 0b7a158 | 2009-01-17 00:42:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4124 |               Invalid = true; | 
 | 4125 |             } else { | 
 | 4126 |               // If the type is currently being defined, complain | 
 | 4127 |               // about a nested redefinition. | 
 | 4128 |               TagType *Tag = cast<TagType>(Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl)); | 
 | 4129 |               if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { | 
 | 4130 |                 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name; | 
 | 4131 |                 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(),  | 
 | 4132 |                      diag::note_previous_definition); | 
 | 4133 |                 Name = 0; | 
 | 4134 |                 PrevDecl = 0; | 
 | 4135 |                 Invalid = true; | 
 | 4136 |               } | 
| Douglas Gregor | 7df7b6b | 2008-12-15 16:32:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4137 |             } | 
| Douglas Gregor | 0b7a158 | 2009-01-17 00:42:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4138 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 7df7b6b | 2008-12-15 16:32:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4139 |             // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced | 
 | 4140 |             // tag PrevDecl. We're going to create a new Decl for it. | 
| Douglas Gregor | 0b7a158 | 2009-01-17 00:42:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4141 |           } | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 2d1c5d3 | 2008-04-27 13:50:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4142 |         } | 
| Douglas Gregor | 7df7b6b | 2008-12-15 16:32:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4143 |         // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we | 
| John McCall | 67d1a67 | 2009-08-06 02:15:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4144 |         // have a definition.  Just create a new decl. | 
 | 4145 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 7df7b6b | 2008-12-15 16:32:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4146 |       } else { | 
 | 4147 |         // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested | 
 | 4148 |         // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a  | 
 | 4149 |         // new decl/type.  We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities | 
 | 4150 |         // have distinct types. | 
 | 4151 |         PrevDecl = 0; | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4152 |       } | 
| Douglas Gregor | 7df7b6b | 2008-12-15 16:32:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4153 |       // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl | 
 | 4154 |       // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by | 
 | 4155 |       // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition. | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 2d1c5d3 | 2008-04-27 13:50:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4156 |     } else { | 
| Douglas Gregor | 6697312 | 2009-01-28 17:15:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4157 |       // PrevDecl is a namespace, template, or anything else | 
 | 4158 |       // that lives in the IDNS_Tag identifier namespace. | 
| Douglas Gregor | 4920f1f | 2009-01-12 22:49:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4159 |       if (isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S)) { | 
| Ted Kremenek | a89d197 | 2008-09-03 18:03:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4160 |         // The tag name clashes with a namespace name, issue an error and | 
 | 4161 |         // recover by making this tag be anonymous. | 
| Chris Lattner | 3c73c41 | 2008-11-19 08:23:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4162 |         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name; | 
| Chris Lattner | 5f4a682 | 2008-11-23 23:12:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4163 |         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | b02ef24 | 2008-07-16 07:45:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4164 |         Name = 0; | 
| Douglas Gregor | 7df7b6b | 2008-12-15 16:32:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4165 |         PrevDecl = 0; | 
| Douglas Gregor | 0b7a158 | 2009-01-17 00:42:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4166 |         Invalid = true; | 
| Douglas Gregor | 7df7b6b | 2008-12-15 16:32:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4167 |       } else { | 
 | 4168 |         // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a | 
 | 4169 |         // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration. | 
 | 4170 |         PrevDecl = 0; | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | b02ef24 | 2008-07-16 07:45:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4171 |       } | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4172 |     } | 
| John McCall | 0f434ec | 2009-07-31 02:45:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4173 |   } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference && SS.isEmpty() && Name && | 
| Douglas Gregor | 80711a2 | 2009-03-06 18:34:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4174 |              (Kind != TagDecl::TK_enum || !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)) { | 
| Douglas Gregor | 42af25f | 2009-05-11 19:58:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4175 |     // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5: | 
| Douglas Gregor | 3218c4b | 2009-01-09 22:42:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4176 |     //   -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form  | 
 | 4177 |     // | 
 | 4178 |     //          class-key identifier | 
 | 4179 |     // | 
 | 4180 |     //      if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the | 
 | 4181 |     //      decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a | 
 | 4182 |     //      function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is | 
 | 4183 |     //      declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains | 
 | 4184 |     //      the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend | 
 | 4185 |     //      declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest | 
 | 4186 |     //      non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the | 
 | 4187 |     //      declaration. | 
 | 4188 |     // | 
 | 4189 |     // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for | 
 | 4190 |     // C structs and unions. | 
| Douglas Gregor | 80711a2 | 2009-03-06 18:34:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4191 |     // | 
 | 4192 |     // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete | 
 | 4193 |     // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not. | 
 | 4194 |     // | 
| Douglas Gregor | 3218c4b | 2009-01-09 22:42:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4195 |     // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag. | 
| Douglas Gregor | 4920f1f | 2009-01-12 22:49:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4196 |     // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the | 
 | 4197 |     // lexical context,  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 1931b44 | 2009-02-03 00:34:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4198 |     while (SearchDC->isRecord()) | 
 | 4199 |       SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 3218c4b | 2009-01-09 22:42:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4200 |  | 
 | 4201 |     // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag. | 
 | 4202 |     while (S->isClassScope() ||  | 
 | 4203 |            (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) || | 
| Douglas Gregor | 1a0d31a | 2009-01-12 18:45:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4204 |            ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || | 
 | 4205 |            (S->getEntity() &&  | 
 | 4206 |             ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext())) | 
| Douglas Gregor | 3218c4b | 2009-01-09 22:42:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4207 |       S = S->getParent(); | 
| John McCall | 67d1a67 | 2009-08-06 02:15:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4208 |  | 
 | 4209 |   } else if (TUK == TUK_Friend && SS.isEmpty() && Name) { | 
 | 4210 |     // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3: | 
 | 4211 |     //   If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a | 
 | 4212 |     //   class or function, the friend class or function is a member of | 
 | 4213 |     //   the innermost enclosing namespace. | 
| John McCall | 3f9a8a6 | 2009-08-11 06:59:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4214 |     while (!SearchDC->isFileContext()) | 
| John McCall | 67d1a67 | 2009-08-06 02:15:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4215 |       SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); | 
 | 4216 |  | 
 | 4217 |     // The entity of a decl scope is a DeclContext; see PushDeclContext. | 
 | 4218 |     while (S->getEntity() != SearchDC) | 
 | 4219 |       S = S->getParent(); | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4220 |   } | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | ef6e647 | 2008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4221 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | cc98eac | 2008-12-17 07:13:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4222 | CreateNewDecl: | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4223 |    | 
 | 4224 |   // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the | 
 | 4225 |   // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union | 
 | 4226 |   // keyword. | 
 | 4227 |   SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc; | 
 | 4228 |    | 
| Douglas Gregor | 7df7b6b | 2008-12-15 16:32:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4229 |   // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous | 
 | 4230 |   // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via | 
 | 4231 |   // PrevDecl. | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4232 |   TagDecl *New; | 
| Douglas Gregor | bcbffc4 | 2009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4233 |  | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 39ba4ae | 2008-06-09 23:19:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4234 |   if (Kind == TagDecl::TK_enum) { | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4235 |     // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: | 
 | 4236 |     // enum X { A, B, C } D;    D should chain to X. | 
| Douglas Gregor | 741dd9a | 2009-07-21 14:46:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4237 |     New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, Loc, Name, KWLoc, | 
| Douglas Gregor | 7df7b6b | 2008-12-15 16:32:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4238 |                            cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)); | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4239 |     // If this is an undefined enum, warn. | 
| John McCall | 0f434ec | 2009-07-31 02:45:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4240 |     if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid)  { | 
| Douglas Gregor | 80711a2 | 2009-03-06 18:34:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4241 |       unsigned DK = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus? diag::err_forward_ref_enum | 
 | 4242 |                                               : diag::ext_forward_ref_enum; | 
 | 4243 |       Diag(Loc, DK); | 
 | 4244 |     } | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 39ba4ae | 2008-06-09 23:19:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4245 |   } else { | 
 | 4246 |     // struct/union/class | 
 | 4247 |  | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4248 |     // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: | 
 | 4249 |     // struct X { int A; } D;    D should chain to X. | 
| Douglas Gregor | ddc29e1 | 2009-02-06 22:42:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4250 |     if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) | 
| Ted Kremenek | 2b345eb | 2008-09-05 17:39:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4251 |       // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs. | 
| Douglas Gregor | 741dd9a | 2009-07-21 14:46:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4252 |       New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, Loc, Name, KWLoc, | 
| Douglas Gregor | 7df7b6b | 2008-12-15 16:32:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4253 |                                   cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); | 
| Douglas Gregor | ddc29e1 | 2009-02-06 22:42:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4254 |     else | 
| Douglas Gregor | 741dd9a | 2009-07-21 14:46:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4255 |       New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, Loc, Name, KWLoc, | 
| Douglas Gregor | 7df7b6b | 2008-12-15 16:32:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4256 |                                cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 0795232 | 2008-07-01 10:37:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4257 |   } | 
| Douglas Gregor | 7df7b6b | 2008-12-15 16:32:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4258 |  | 
 | 4259 |   if (Kind != TagDecl::TK_enum) { | 
 | 4260 |     // Handle #pragma pack: if the #pragma pack stack has non-default | 
 | 4261 |     // alignment, make up a packed attribute for this decl. These | 
 | 4262 |     // attributes are checked when the ASTContext lays out the | 
 | 4263 |     // structure. | 
 | 4264 |     // | 
 | 4265 |     // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this | 
 | 4266 |     // happen here (in act on tag decl). The #pragma pack stack is | 
 | 4267 |     // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at | 
 | 4268 |     // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because | 
 | 4269 |     // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the | 
 | 4270 |     // parsing of the struct). | 
| Chris Lattner | 574aa40 | 2009-02-17 01:09:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4271 |     if (unsigned Alignment = getPragmaPackAlignment()) | 
| Anders Carlsson | a860e75 | 2009-08-08 18:23:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4272 |       New->addAttr(::new (Context) PragmaPackAttr(Alignment * 8)); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 7df7b6b | 2008-12-15 16:32:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4273 |   } | 
 | 4274 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 6697312 | 2009-01-28 17:15:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4275 |   if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && SS.isEmpty() && Name && !Invalid) { | 
 | 4276 |     // C++ [dcl.typedef]p3: | 
 | 4277 |     //   [...] Similarly, in a given scope, a class or enumeration | 
 | 4278 |     //   shall not be declared with the same name as a typedef-name | 
 | 4279 |     //   that is declared in that scope and refers to a type other | 
 | 4280 |     //   than the class or enumeration itself. | 
| Douglas Gregor | 4c921ae | 2009-01-30 01:04:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4281 |     LookupResult Lookup = LookupName(S, Name, LookupOrdinaryName, true); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 6697312 | 2009-01-28 17:15:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4282 |     TypedefDecl *PrevTypedef = 0; | 
 | 4283 |     if (Lookup.getKind() == LookupResult::Found) | 
 | 4284 |       PrevTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefDecl>(Lookup.getAsDecl()); | 
 | 4285 |  | 
 | 4286 |     if (PrevTypedef && isDeclInScope(PrevTypedef, SearchDC, S) && | 
 | 4287 |         Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getTypeDeclType(PrevTypedef)) != | 
 | 4288 |           Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getTypeDeclType(New))) { | 
 | 4289 |       Diag(Loc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef) | 
 | 4290 |         << Context.getTypeDeclType(New) | 
 | 4291 |         << PrevTypedef->getUnderlyingType(); | 
 | 4292 |       Diag(PrevTypedef->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); | 
 | 4293 |       Invalid = true; | 
 | 4294 |     } | 
 | 4295 |   } | 
 | 4296 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 0b7a158 | 2009-01-17 00:42:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4297 |   if (Invalid) | 
 | 4298 |     New->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 | 4299 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 7df7b6b | 2008-12-15 16:32:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4300 |   if (Attr) | 
| Douglas Gregor | 9cdda0c | 2009-06-17 21:51:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4301 |     ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 7df7b6b | 2008-12-15 16:32:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4302 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 0b7a158 | 2009-01-17 00:42:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4303 |   // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope | 
 | 4304 |   // in C, note that this type can only be used within the function. | 
| Douglas Gregor | 3218c4b | 2009-01-09 22:42:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4305 |   if (Name && S->isFunctionPrototypeScope() && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) | 
 | 4306 |     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New); | 
 | 4307 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 7df7b6b | 2008-12-15 16:32:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4308 |   // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the | 
 | 4309 |   // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. | 
| Douglas Gregor | 1931b44 | 2009-02-03 00:34:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4310 |   New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 0b7a158 | 2009-01-17 00:42:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4311 |  | 
| John McCall | 02cace7 | 2009-08-28 07:59:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4312 |   // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable. | 
 | 4313 |   if (TUK == TUK_Friend) | 
 | 4314 |     New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(/* PreviouslyDeclared = */ PrevDecl != NULL); | 
 | 4315 |  | 
| Anders Carlsson | 0cf8830 | 2009-03-26 01:19:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4316 |   // Set the access specifier. | 
| Eli Friedman | 56bea43 | 2009-08-27 18:44:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4317 |   if (!Invalid && TUK != TUK_Friend) | 
| Douglas Gregor | d0c8737 | 2009-05-27 17:30:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4318 |     SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 06c0fec | 2009-03-25 22:00:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4319 |  | 
| John McCall | 0f434ec | 2009-07-31 02:45:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4320 |   if (TUK == TUK_Definition) | 
| Douglas Gregor | 0b7a158 | 2009-01-17 00:42:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4321 |     New->startDefinition(); | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4322 |    | 
 | 4323 |   // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. | 
| John McCall | d7eff68 | 2009-09-02 00:55:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4324 |   if (TUK == TUK_Friend) { | 
| John McCall | 82b9fb8 | 2009-09-02 19:32:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4325 |     // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables; | 
 | 4326 |     // if so, borrow its access specifier. | 
 | 4327 |     if (PrevDecl) | 
 | 4328 |       New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess()); | 
 | 4329 |  | 
| John McCall | d7eff68 | 2009-09-02 00:55:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4330 |     // Friend tag decls are visible in fairly strange ways. | 
 | 4331 |     if (!CurContext->isDependentContext()) { | 
 | 4332 |       DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getLookupContext(); | 
 | 4333 |       DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New, /* Recoverable = */ false); | 
 | 4334 |       if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC)) | 
 | 4335 |         PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false); | 
 | 4336 |     } | 
 | 4337 |   } else if (Name) { | 
| Douglas Gregor | 1a0d31a | 2009-01-12 18:45:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4338 |     S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 1931b44 | 2009-02-03 00:34:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4339 |     PushOnScopeChains(New, S); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 4920f1f | 2009-01-12 22:49:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4340 |   } else { | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 17945a0 | 2009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4341 |     CurContext->addDecl(New); | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4342 |   } | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 5239304 | 2008-11-09 23:41:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4343 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | c29f77b | 2009-07-07 16:35:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4344 |   // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. | 
 | 4345 |   if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier()) | 
 | 4346 |     if (!New->isInvalidDecl() && | 
| Mike Stump | 782fa30 | 2009-07-28 02:25:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4347 |         New->getDeclContext()->getLookupContext()->isTranslationUnit() && | 
| Douglas Gregor | c29f77b | 2009-07-07 16:35:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4348 |         II->isStr("FILE")) | 
 | 4349 |       Context.setFILEDecl(New); | 
 | 4350 |    | 
| Douglas Gregor | 402abb5 | 2009-05-28 23:31:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4351 |   OwnedDecl = true; | 
| Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4352 |   return DeclPtrTy::make(New); | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4353 | } | 
 | 4354 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4355 | void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, DeclPtrTy TagD) { | 
| Douglas Gregor | aaba5e3 | 2009-02-04 19:02:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4356 |   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); | 
| Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4357 |   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD.getAs<Decl>()); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 72de667 | 2009-01-08 20:45:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4358 |  | 
 | 4359 |   // Enter the tag context. | 
 | 4360 |   PushDeclContext(S, Tag); | 
 | 4361 |  | 
 | 4362 |   if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) { | 
 | 4363 |     FieldCollector->StartClass(); | 
 | 4364 |  | 
 | 4365 |     if (Record->getIdentifier()) { | 
 | 4366 |       // C++ [class]p2:  | 
 | 4367 |       //   [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the | 
 | 4368 |       //   class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For | 
 | 4369 |       //   purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated | 
 | 4370 |       //   as if it were a public member name. | 
| Douglas Gregor | d475b8d | 2009-03-25 21:17:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4371 |       CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName | 
| Douglas Gregor | 72de667 | 2009-01-08 20:45:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4372 |         = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(), | 
 | 4373 |                                 CurContext, Record->getLocation(), | 
| Douglas Gregor | 741dd9a | 2009-07-21 14:46:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4374 |                                 Record->getIdentifier(), | 
 | 4375 |                                 Record->getTagKeywordLoc(), | 
 | 4376 |                                 Record); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 72de667 | 2009-01-08 20:45:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4377 |       InjectedClassName->setImplicit(); | 
| Douglas Gregor | d475b8d | 2009-03-25 21:17:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4378 |       InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public); | 
| Douglas Gregor | befc20e | 2009-03-26 00:10:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4379 |       if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate()) | 
 | 4380 |         InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 72de667 | 2009-01-08 20:45:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4381 |       PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S); | 
| Douglas Gregor | c9b5b40 | 2009-03-25 15:59:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4382 |       assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() &&  | 
 | 4383 |              "Broken injected-class-name"); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 72de667 | 2009-01-08 20:45:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4384 |     } | 
 | 4385 |   } | 
 | 4386 | } | 
 | 4387 |  | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 07a5b28 | 2009-07-14 03:17:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4388 | void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, DeclPtrTy TagD, | 
 | 4389 |                                     SourceLocation RBraceLoc) { | 
| Douglas Gregor | aaba5e3 | 2009-02-04 19:02:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4390 |   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); | 
| Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4391 |   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD.getAs<Decl>()); | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 07a5b28 | 2009-07-14 03:17:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4392 |   Tag->setRBraceLoc(RBraceLoc); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 72de667 | 2009-01-08 20:45:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4393 |  | 
 | 4394 |   if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) | 
 | 4395 |     FieldCollector->FinishClass(); | 
 | 4396 |  | 
 | 4397 |   // Exit this scope of this tag's definition. | 
 | 4398 |   PopDeclContext(); | 
 | 4399 |  | 
 | 4400 |   // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag. | 
 | 4401 |   Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag); | 
 | 4402 | } | 
| Chris Lattner | 5a6ddbf | 2008-06-21 19:39:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4403 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | df9bcd5 | 2009-04-20 17:29:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4404 | // Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields. | 
| Anders Carlsson | 9f1e572 | 2008-12-06 20:33:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4405 | bool Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, IdentifierInfo *FieldName,  | 
| Eli Friedman | 1d954f6 | 2009-08-15 21:55:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4406 |                           QualType FieldTy, const Expr *BitWidth, | 
 | 4407 |                           bool *ZeroWidth) { | 
 | 4408 |   // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness | 
 | 4409 |   if (ZeroWidth) | 
 | 4410 |     *ZeroWidth = true; | 
 | 4411 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 2479366 | 2009-03-05 22:45:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4412 |   // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type. | 
| Chris Lattner | 8b963ef | 2009-03-05 23:01:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4413 |   // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type. | 
| Douglas Gregor | 3cf538d | 2009-03-11 18:59:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4414 |   if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralType()) { | 
| Chris Lattner | 2479366 | 2009-03-05 22:45:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4415 |     // Handle incomplete types with specific error. | 
| Douglas Gregor | a03aca8 | 2009-03-10 21:58:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4416 |     if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) | 
 | 4417 |       return true; | 
| Chris Lattner | df9bcd5 | 2009-04-20 17:29:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4418 |     if (FieldName) | 
 | 4419 |       return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield) | 
 | 4420 |         << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); | 
 | 4421 |     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield) | 
 | 4422 |       << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); | 
| Chris Lattner | 2479366 | 2009-03-05 22:45:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4423 |   } | 
| Douglas Gregor | 3cf538d | 2009-03-11 18:59:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4424 |  | 
 | 4425 |   // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check | 
 | 4426 |   // it now. | 
 | 4427 |   if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent()) | 
 | 4428 |     return false; | 
 | 4429 |  | 
| Anders Carlsson | 9f1e572 | 2008-12-06 20:33:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4430 |   llvm::APSInt Value; | 
 | 4431 |   if (VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value)) | 
 | 4432 |     return true; | 
 | 4433 |  | 
| Eli Friedman | 1d954f6 | 2009-08-15 21:55:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4434 |   if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth) | 
 | 4435 |     *ZeroWidth = false; | 
 | 4436 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | cd08707 | 2008-12-12 04:56:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4437 |   // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field. | 
 | 4438 |   if (Value == 0 && FieldName) | 
 | 4439 |     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName; | 
 | 4440 |    | 
| Chris Lattner | df9bcd5 | 2009-04-20 17:29:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4441 |   if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) { | 
 | 4442 |     if (FieldName) | 
 | 4443 |       return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width)  | 
 | 4444 |                << FieldName << Value.toString(10); | 
 | 4445 |     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width) | 
 | 4446 |       << Value.toString(10); | 
 | 4447 |   } | 
| Anders Carlsson | 9f1e572 | 2008-12-06 20:33:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4448 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 3cf538d | 2009-03-11 18:59:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4449 |   if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) { | 
 | 4450 |     uint64_t TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy); | 
| Chris Lattner | df9bcd5 | 2009-04-20 17:29:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4451 |     if (Value.getZExtValue() > TypeSize) { | 
 | 4452 |       if (FieldName) | 
 | 4453 |         return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) | 
 | 4454 |           << FieldName << (unsigned)TypeSize; | 
 | 4455 |       return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) | 
 | 4456 |         << (unsigned)TypeSize; | 
 | 4457 |     } | 
| Douglas Gregor | 3cf538d | 2009-03-11 18:59:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4458 |   } | 
| Anders Carlsson | 9f1e572 | 2008-12-06 20:33:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4459 |  | 
 | 4460 |   return false; | 
 | 4461 | } | 
 | 4462 |  | 
| Steve Naroff | 08d92e4 | 2007-09-15 18:49:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4463 | /// ActOnField - Each field of a struct/union/class is passed into this in order | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4464 | /// to create a FieldDecl object for it. | 
| Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4465 | Sema::DeclPtrTy Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, DeclPtrTy TagD, | 
 | 4466 |                                  SourceLocation DeclStart,  | 
 | 4467 |                                  Declarator &D, ExprTy *BitfieldWidth) { | 
 | 4468 |   FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD.getAs<Decl>()), | 
 | 4469 |                                DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth), | 
 | 4470 |                                AS_public); | 
 | 4471 |   return DeclPtrTy::make(Res); | 
| Chris Lattner | 2479366 | 2009-03-05 22:45:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4472 | } | 
 | 4473 |  | 
 | 4474 | /// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member. | 
 | 4475 | /// | 
 | 4476 | FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record, | 
 | 4477 |                              SourceLocation DeclStart, | 
| Douglas Gregor | 4dd55f5 | 2009-03-11 20:50:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4478 |                              Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth, | 
 | 4479 |                              AccessSpecifier AS) { | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4480 |   IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4481 |   SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; | 
 | 4482 |   if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 3cf538d | 2009-03-11 18:59:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4483 |   | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | a1d5662 | 2009-08-19 01:27:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4484 |   DeclaratorInfo *DInfo = 0; | 
 | 4485 |   QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S, &DInfo); | 
| Chris Lattner | 6491f47 | 2009-04-12 22:15:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4486 |   if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) | 
| Douglas Gregor | 3cf538d | 2009-03-11 18:59:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4487 |     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 021c3b3 | 2009-03-11 23:00:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4488 |  | 
| Eli Friedman | 85a5319 | 2009-04-07 19:37:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4489 |   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); | 
 | 4490 |  | 
| Eli Friedman | 63054b3 | 2009-04-19 20:27:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4491 |   if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) | 
 | 4492 |     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); | 
 | 4493 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 3cf538d | 2009-03-11 18:59:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4494 |   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupName(S, II, LookupMemberName, true); | 
| Douglas Gregor | c19ee3e | 2009-06-17 23:37:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4495 |  | 
 | 4496 |   if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { | 
 | 4497 |     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. | 
 | 4498 |     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); | 
 | 4499 |     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. | 
 | 4500 |     PrevDecl = 0; | 
 | 4501 |   } | 
 | 4502 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 3cf538d | 2009-03-11 18:59:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4503 |   if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S)) | 
 | 4504 |     PrevDecl = 0; | 
 | 4505 |  | 
| Steve Naroff | ea218b8 | 2009-07-14 14:58:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4506 |   bool Mutable | 
 | 4507 |     = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable); | 
 | 4508 |   SourceLocation TSSL = D.getSourceRange().getBegin(); | 
 | 4509 |   FieldDecl *NewFD | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | a1d5662 | 2009-08-19 01:27:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4510 |     = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, DInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, TSSL, | 
| Steve Naroff | ea218b8 | 2009-07-14 14:58:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4511 |                      AS, PrevDecl, &D); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 3cf538d | 2009-03-11 18:59:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4512 |   if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) { | 
 | 4513 |     // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something | 
 | 4514 |     // with the same name in the same scope. | 
 | 4515 |   } else if (II) { | 
 | 4516 |     PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S); | 
 | 4517 |   } else | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 17945a0 | 2009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4518 |     Record->addDecl(NewFD); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 3cf538d | 2009-03-11 18:59:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4519 |  | 
 | 4520 |   return NewFD; | 
 | 4521 | } | 
 | 4522 |  | 
 | 4523 | /// \brief Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness. | 
 | 4524 | /// | 
 | 4525 | /// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type, | 
 | 4526 | /// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration | 
 | 4527 | /// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be | 
 | 4528 | /// created. | 
 | 4529 | /// | 
 | 4530 | /// \returns a new FieldDecl. | 
 | 4531 | /// | 
 | 4532 | /// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once  | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | a1d5662 | 2009-08-19 01:27:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4533 | FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, | 
 | 4534 |                                 DeclaratorInfo *DInfo,  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 3cf538d | 2009-03-11 18:59:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4535 |                                 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, | 
 | 4536 |                                 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth,  | 
| Steve Naroff | ea218b8 | 2009-07-14 14:58:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4537 |                                 SourceLocation TSSL, | 
| Douglas Gregor | 4dd55f5 | 2009-03-11 20:50:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4538 |                                 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, | 
| Douglas Gregor | 3cf538d | 2009-03-11 18:59:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4539 |                                 Declarator *D) { | 
 | 4540 |   IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); | 
| Steve Naroff | 5912a35 | 2007-08-28 20:14:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4541 |   bool InvalidDecl = false; | 
| Chris Lattner | eaaebc7 | 2009-04-25 08:06:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4542 |   if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType(); | 
| Sebastian Redl | 64b45f7 | 2009-01-05 20:52:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4543 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 3cf538d | 2009-03-11 18:59:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4544 |   // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and | 
 | 4545 |   // marking this declaration as invalid. | 
 | 4546 |   if (T.isNull()) { | 
 | 4547 |     InvalidDecl = true; | 
 | 4548 |     T = Context.IntTy; | 
 | 4549 |   } | 
 | 4550 |  | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4551 |   // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other | 
 | 4552 |   // than a variably modified type. | 
| Eli Friedman | 9db1397 | 2008-02-15 12:53:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4553 |   if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { | 
| Eli Friedman | 1ca4813 | 2009-02-21 00:44:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4554 |     bool SizeIsNegative; | 
 | 4555 |     QualType FixedTy = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T, Context, | 
 | 4556 |                                                            SizeIsNegative); | 
 | 4557 |     if (!FixedTy.isNull()) { | 
 | 4558 |       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); | 
 | 4559 |       T = FixedTy; | 
 | 4560 |     } else { | 
 | 4561 |       if (SizeIsNegative) | 
 | 4562 |         Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); | 
 | 4563 |       else | 
 | 4564 |         Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size); | 
| Eli Friedman | 1ca4813 | 2009-02-21 00:44:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4565 |       InvalidDecl = true; | 
 | 4566 |     } | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4567 |   } | 
| Anders Carlsson | 9f1e572 | 2008-12-06 20:33:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4568 |    | 
| Anders Carlsson | 4681ebd | 2009-03-22 20:18:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4569 |   // Fields can not have abstract class types | 
| Anders Carlsson | b9bbe49 | 2009-03-23 17:49:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4570 |   if (RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,  | 
| Anders Carlsson | 8211eff | 2009-03-24 01:19:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4571 |                              AbstractFieldType)) | 
| Anders Carlsson | 4681ebd | 2009-03-22 20:18:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4572 |     InvalidDecl = true; | 
 | 4573 |    | 
| Eli Friedman | 1d954f6 | 2009-08-15 21:55:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4574 |   bool ZeroWidth = false; | 
| Douglas Gregor | 3cf538d | 2009-03-11 18:59:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4575 |   // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field. | 
| Eli Friedman | 1d954f6 | 2009-08-15 21:55:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4576 |   if (BitWidth && VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, BitWidth, &ZeroWidth)) { | 
| Douglas Gregor | 3cf538d | 2009-03-11 18:59:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4577 |     InvalidDecl = true; | 
 | 4578 |     DeleteExpr(BitWidth); | 
 | 4579 |     BitWidth = 0; | 
| Eli Friedman | 1d954f6 | 2009-08-15 21:55:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4580 |     ZeroWidth = false; | 
| Anders Carlsson | 9f1e572 | 2008-12-06 20:33:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4581 |   } | 
 | 4582 |    | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | a1d5662 | 2009-08-19 01:27:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4583 |   FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, Loc, II, T, DInfo, | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | a5d8200 | 2009-08-21 00:31:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4584 |                                        BitWidth, Mutable); | 
| Chris Lattner | eaaebc7 | 2009-04-25 08:06:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4585 |   if (InvalidDecl) | 
 | 4586 |     NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 44b4321 | 2008-12-11 16:49:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4587 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 3cf538d | 2009-03-11 18:59:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4588 |   if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { | 
 | 4589 |     Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; | 
 | 4590 |     Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); | 
 | 4591 |     NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 72de667 | 2009-01-08 20:45:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4592 |   } | 
 | 4593 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 1f2023a | 2009-07-22 18:25:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4594 |   if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { | 
| Douglas Gregor | 5e03f9e | 2009-07-23 23:49:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4595 |     QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 1f2023a | 2009-07-22 18:25:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4596 |  | 
| Eli Friedman | 1d954f6 | 2009-08-15 21:55:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4597 |     CXXRecordDecl* CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record); | 
 | 4598 |  | 
 | 4599 |     if (!T->isPODType()) | 
 | 4600 |       CXXRecord->setPOD(false); | 
 | 4601 |     if (!ZeroWidth) | 
 | 4602 |       CXXRecord->setEmpty(false); | 
 | 4603 |  | 
| Ted Kremenek | 6217b80 | 2009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4604 |     if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { | 
| Douglas Gregor | 1f2023a | 2009-07-22 18:25:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4605 |       CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); | 
 | 4606 |  | 
 | 4607 |       if (!RDecl->hasTrivialConstructor()) | 
| Eli Friedman | 1d954f6 | 2009-08-15 21:55:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4608 |         CXXRecord->setHasTrivialConstructor(false); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 1f2023a | 2009-07-22 18:25:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4609 |       if (!RDecl->hasTrivialCopyConstructor()) | 
| Eli Friedman | 1d954f6 | 2009-08-15 21:55:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4610 |         CXXRecord->setHasTrivialCopyConstructor(false); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 1f2023a | 2009-07-22 18:25:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4611 |       if (!RDecl->hasTrivialCopyAssignment()) | 
| Eli Friedman | 1d954f6 | 2009-08-15 21:55:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4612 |         CXXRecord->setHasTrivialCopyAssignment(false); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 1f2023a | 2009-07-22 18:25:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4613 |       if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDestructor()) | 
| Eli Friedman | 1d954f6 | 2009-08-15 21:55:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4614 |         CXXRecord->setHasTrivialDestructor(false); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 1f2023a | 2009-07-22 18:25:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4615 |  | 
 | 4616 |       // C++ 9.5p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial | 
 | 4617 |       // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial | 
 | 4618 |       // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator | 
 | 4619 |       // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such | 
 | 4620 |       // objects. | 
 | 4621 |       // TODO: C++0x alters this restriction significantly. | 
 | 4622 |       if (Record->isUnion()) { | 
 | 4623 |         // We check for copy constructors before constructors | 
 | 4624 |         // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about | 
 | 4625 |         // copy constructors. | 
 | 4626 |  | 
 | 4627 |         const CXXSpecialMember invalid = (CXXSpecialMember) -1; | 
 | 4628 |  | 
 | 4629 |         CXXSpecialMember member; | 
 | 4630 |         if (!RDecl->hasTrivialCopyConstructor()) | 
 | 4631 |           member = CXXCopyConstructor; | 
 | 4632 |         else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialConstructor()) | 
 | 4633 |           member = CXXDefaultConstructor; | 
 | 4634 |         else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialCopyAssignment()) | 
 | 4635 |           member = CXXCopyAssignment; | 
 | 4636 |         else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDestructor()) | 
 | 4637 |           member = CXXDestructor; | 
 | 4638 |         else | 
 | 4639 |           member = invalid; | 
 | 4640 |  | 
 | 4641 |         if (member != invalid) { | 
 | 4642 |           Diag(Loc, diag::err_illegal_union_member) << Name << member; | 
 | 4643 |           DiagnoseNontrivial(RT, member); | 
 | 4644 |           NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 | 4645 |         } | 
 | 4646 |       } | 
 | 4647 |     } | 
 | 4648 |   } | 
 | 4649 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 3cf538d | 2009-03-11 18:59:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4650 |   // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST | 
 | 4651 |   // representation, not a parser representation. | 
 | 4652 |   if (D) | 
| Douglas Gregor | 9cdda0c | 2009-06-17 21:51:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4653 |     // FIXME: What to pass instead of TUScope? | 
 | 4654 |     ProcessDeclAttributes(TUScope, NewFD, *D); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 3cf538d | 2009-03-11 18:59:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4655 |  | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | f6123ca | 2009-02-19 00:22:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4656 |   if (T.isObjCGCWeak()) | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | ed7e9ef | 2009-02-18 18:14:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4657 |     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field); | 
| Anders Carlsson | ad14806 | 2008-02-16 00:29:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4658 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 4dd55f5 | 2009-03-11 20:50:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4659 |   NewFD->setAccess(AS); | 
 | 4660 |  | 
 | 4661 |   // C++ [dcl.init.aggr]p1: | 
 | 4662 |   //   An aggregate is an array or a class (clause 9) with [...] no | 
 | 4663 |   //   private or protected non-static data members (clause 11). | 
 | 4664 |   // A POD must be an aggregate. | 
 | 4665 |   if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && | 
 | 4666 |       (AS == AS_private || AS == AS_protected)) { | 
 | 4667 |     CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record); | 
 | 4668 |     CXXRecord->setAggregate(false); | 
 | 4669 |     CXXRecord->setPOD(false); | 
 | 4670 |   } | 
 | 4671 |  | 
| Steve Naroff | 5912a35 | 2007-08-28 20:14:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4672 |   return NewFD; | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4673 | } | 
 | 4674 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 1f2023a | 2009-07-22 18:25:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4675 | /// DiagnoseNontrivial - Given that a class has a non-trivial | 
 | 4676 | /// special member, figure out why. | 
 | 4677 | void Sema::DiagnoseNontrivial(const RecordType* T, CXXSpecialMember member) { | 
 | 4678 |   QualType QT(T, 0U); | 
 | 4679 |   CXXRecordDecl* RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(T->getDecl()); | 
 | 4680 |  | 
 | 4681 |   // Check whether the member was user-declared. | 
 | 4682 |   switch (member) { | 
 | 4683 |   case CXXDefaultConstructor: | 
 | 4684 |     if (RD->hasUserDeclaredConstructor()) { | 
 | 4685 |       typedef CXXRecordDecl::ctor_iterator ctor_iter; | 
 | 4686 |       for (ctor_iter ci = RD->ctor_begin(), ce = RD->ctor_end(); ci != ce; ++ci) | 
 | 4687 |         if (!ci->isImplicitlyDefined(Context)) { | 
 | 4688 |           SourceLocation CtorLoc = ci->getLocation(); | 
 | 4689 |           Diag(CtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member; | 
 | 4690 |           return; | 
 | 4691 |         } | 
 | 4692 |  | 
 | 4693 |       assert(0 && "found no user-declared constructors"); | 
 | 4694 |       return; | 
 | 4695 |     } | 
 | 4696 |     break; | 
 | 4697 |  | 
 | 4698 |   case CXXCopyConstructor: | 
 | 4699 |     if (RD->hasUserDeclaredCopyConstructor()) { | 
 | 4700 |       SourceLocation CtorLoc = | 
 | 4701 |         RD->getCopyConstructor(Context, 0)->getLocation(); | 
 | 4702 |       Diag(CtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member; | 
 | 4703 |       return; | 
 | 4704 |     } | 
 | 4705 |     break; | 
 | 4706 |  | 
 | 4707 |   case CXXCopyAssignment: | 
 | 4708 |     if (RD->hasUserDeclaredCopyAssignment()) { | 
 | 4709 |       // FIXME: this should use the location of the copy | 
 | 4710 |       // assignment, not the type. | 
 | 4711 |       SourceLocation TyLoc = RD->getSourceRange().getBegin(); | 
 | 4712 |       Diag(TyLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member; | 
 | 4713 |       return; | 
 | 4714 |     } | 
 | 4715 |     break; | 
 | 4716 |  | 
 | 4717 |   case CXXDestructor: | 
 | 4718 |     if (RD->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) { | 
 | 4719 |       SourceLocation DtorLoc = RD->getDestructor(Context)->getLocation(); | 
 | 4720 |       Diag(DtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member; | 
 | 4721 |       return; | 
 | 4722 |     } | 
 | 4723 |     break; | 
 | 4724 |   } | 
 | 4725 |  | 
 | 4726 |   typedef CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator base_iter; | 
 | 4727 |  | 
 | 4728 |   // Virtual bases and members inhibit trivial copying/construction, | 
 | 4729 |   // but not trivial destruction. | 
 | 4730 |   if (member != CXXDestructor) { | 
 | 4731 |     // Check for virtual bases.  vbases includes indirect virtual bases, | 
 | 4732 |     // so we just iterate through the direct bases. | 
 | 4733 |     for (base_iter bi = RD->bases_begin(), be = RD->bases_end(); bi != be; ++bi) | 
 | 4734 |       if (bi->isVirtual()) { | 
 | 4735 |         SourceLocation BaseLoc = bi->getSourceRange().getBegin(); | 
 | 4736 |         Diag(BaseLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_virtual) << QT << 1; | 
 | 4737 |         return; | 
 | 4738 |       } | 
 | 4739 |  | 
 | 4740 |     // Check for virtual methods. | 
 | 4741 |     typedef CXXRecordDecl::method_iterator meth_iter; | 
 | 4742 |     for (meth_iter mi = RD->method_begin(), me = RD->method_end(); mi != me; | 
 | 4743 |          ++mi) { | 
 | 4744 |       if (mi->isVirtual()) { | 
 | 4745 |         SourceLocation MLoc = mi->getSourceRange().getBegin(); | 
 | 4746 |         Diag(MLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_virtual) << QT << 0; | 
 | 4747 |         return; | 
 | 4748 |       } | 
 | 4749 |     } | 
 | 4750 |   } | 
 | 4751 |    | 
 | 4752 |   bool (CXXRecordDecl::*hasTrivial)() const; | 
 | 4753 |   switch (member) { | 
 | 4754 |   case CXXDefaultConstructor: | 
 | 4755 |     hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialConstructor; break; | 
 | 4756 |   case CXXCopyConstructor: | 
 | 4757 |     hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialCopyConstructor; break; | 
 | 4758 |   case CXXCopyAssignment: | 
 | 4759 |     hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialCopyAssignment; break; | 
 | 4760 |   case CXXDestructor: | 
 | 4761 |     hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialDestructor; break; | 
 | 4762 |   default: | 
 | 4763 |     assert(0 && "unexpected special member"); return; | 
 | 4764 |   } | 
 | 4765 |  | 
 | 4766 |   // Check for nontrivial bases (and recurse). | 
 | 4767 |   for (base_iter bi = RD->bases_begin(), be = RD->bases_end(); bi != be; ++bi) { | 
| Ted Kremenek | 6217b80 | 2009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4768 |     const RecordType *BaseRT = bi->getType()->getAs<RecordType>(); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 1f2023a | 2009-07-22 18:25:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4769 |     assert(BaseRT); | 
 | 4770 |     CXXRecordDecl *BaseRecTy = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseRT->getDecl()); | 
 | 4771 |     if (!(BaseRecTy->*hasTrivial)()) { | 
 | 4772 |       SourceLocation BaseLoc = bi->getSourceRange().getBegin(); | 
 | 4773 |       Diag(BaseLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_nontrivial) << QT << 1 << member; | 
 | 4774 |       DiagnoseNontrivial(BaseRT, member); | 
 | 4775 |       return; | 
 | 4776 |     } | 
 | 4777 |   } | 
 | 4778 |    | 
 | 4779 |   // Check for nontrivial members (and recurse). | 
 | 4780 |   typedef RecordDecl::field_iterator field_iter; | 
 | 4781 |   for (field_iter fi = RD->field_begin(), fe = RD->field_end(); fi != fe; | 
 | 4782 |        ++fi) { | 
| Douglas Gregor | 5e03f9e | 2009-07-23 23:49:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4783 |     QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType((*fi)->getType()); | 
| Ted Kremenek | 6217b80 | 2009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4784 |     if (const RecordType *EltRT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { | 
| Douglas Gregor | 1f2023a | 2009-07-22 18:25:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4785 |       CXXRecordDecl* EltRD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(EltRT->getDecl()); | 
 | 4786 |  | 
 | 4787 |       if (!(EltRD->*hasTrivial)()) { | 
 | 4788 |         SourceLocation FLoc = (*fi)->getLocation(); | 
 | 4789 |         Diag(FLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_nontrivial) << QT << 0 << member; | 
 | 4790 |         DiagnoseNontrivial(EltRT, member); | 
 | 4791 |         return; | 
 | 4792 |       } | 
 | 4793 |     } | 
 | 4794 |   } | 
 | 4795 |  | 
 | 4796 |   assert(0 && "found no explanation for non-trivial member"); | 
 | 4797 | } | 
 | 4798 |  | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | 89204a1 | 2007-10-01 16:53:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4799 | /// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an  | 
 | 4800 | ///  AST enum value. | 
| Ted Kremenek | a526c5c | 2008-01-07 19:49:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4801 | static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | 89204a1 | 2007-10-01 16:53:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4802 | TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) { | 
| Steve Naroff | f13271f | 2007-09-14 23:09:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4803 |   switch (ivarVisibility) { | 
| Chris Lattner | 33d34a6 | 2008-10-12 00:28:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4804 |   default: assert(0 && "Unknown visitibility kind"); | 
 | 4805 |   case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private; | 
 | 4806 |   case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public; | 
 | 4807 |   case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected; | 
 | 4808 |   case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package; | 
| Steve Naroff | f13271f | 2007-09-14 23:09:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4809 |   } | 
 | 4810 | } | 
 | 4811 |  | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | 45bc03f | 2008-04-11 16:55:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4812 | /// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this  | 
 | 4813 | /// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it. | 
| Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4814 | Sema::DeclPtrTy Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S, | 
 | 4815 |                                 SourceLocation DeclStart,  | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | 496b5a8 | 2009-06-05 18:16:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4816 |                                 DeclPtrTy IntfDecl, | 
| Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4817 |                                 Declarator &D, ExprTy *BitfieldWidth, | 
 | 4818 |                                 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) { | 
| Douglas Gregor | 72de667 | 2009-01-08 20:45:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4819 |    | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | 1d78cc4 | 2008-04-10 23:32:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4820 |   IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); | 
 | 4821 |   Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth; | 
 | 4822 |   SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; | 
 | 4823 |   if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); | 
 | 4824 |    | 
 | 4825 |   // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for | 
 | 4826 |   // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace! | 
 | 4827 |    | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | a1d5662 | 2009-08-19 01:27:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4828 |   DeclaratorInfo *DInfo = 0; | 
 | 4829 |   QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S, &DInfo); | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | 1d78cc4 | 2008-04-10 23:32:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4830 |    | 
 | 4831 |   if (BitWidth) { | 
| Steve Naroff | 63359c8 | 2009-02-20 17:57:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4832 |     // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4 | 
| Chris Lattner | 2479366 | 2009-03-05 22:45:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4833 |     if (VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, BitWidth)) { | 
| Chris Lattner | eaaebc7 | 2009-04-25 08:06:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4834 |       D.setInvalidType(); | 
| Chris Lattner | 2479366 | 2009-03-05 22:45:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4835 |       DeleteExpr(BitWidth); | 
 | 4836 |       BitWidth = 0; | 
 | 4837 |     } | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | 1d78cc4 | 2008-04-10 23:32:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4838 |   } else { | 
 | 4839 |     // Not a bitfield. | 
 | 4840 |      | 
 | 4841 |     // validate II. | 
 | 4842 |      | 
 | 4843 |   } | 
 | 4844 |    | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | 1d78cc4 | 2008-04-10 23:32:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4845 |   // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other | 
 | 4846 |   // than a variably modified type. | 
 | 4847 |   if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { | 
| Anders Carlsson | 96e05bc | 2008-12-07 00:20:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4848 |     Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size); | 
| Chris Lattner | eaaebc7 | 2009-04-25 08:06:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4849 |     D.setInvalidType(); | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | 1d78cc4 | 2008-04-10 23:32:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4850 |   } | 
 | 4851 |    | 
| Ted Kremenek | b8db21d | 2008-07-23 18:04:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4852 |   // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar. | 
 | 4853 |   ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac =  | 
 | 4854 |     Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility) | 
 | 4855 |                                         : ObjCIvarDecl::None; | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | 496b5a8 | 2009-06-05 18:16:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4856 |   // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface. | 
 | 4857 |   Decl *EnclosingDecl = IntfDecl.getAs<Decl>(); | 
 | 4858 |   DeclContext *EnclosingContext; | 
 | 4859 |   if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl =  | 
 | 4860 |       dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { | 
 | 4861 |     // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class. | 
 | 4862 |     ObjCInterfaceDecl* IDecl = IMPDecl->getClassInterface(); | 
 | 4863 |     assert(IDecl && "No class- ActOnIvar"); | 
 | 4864 |     EnclosingContext = cast_or_null<DeclContext>(IDecl); | 
| Mike Stump | ac5fc7c | 2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4865 |   } else | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | 496b5a8 | 2009-06-05 18:16:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4866 |     EnclosingContext = dyn_cast<DeclContext>(EnclosingDecl); | 
 | 4867 |   assert(EnclosingContext && "null DeclContext for ivar - ActOnIvar"); | 
 | 4868 |    | 
| Ted Kremenek | b8db21d | 2008-07-23 18:04:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4869 |   // Construct the decl. | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | 496b5a8 | 2009-06-05 18:16:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4870 |   ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context,  | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | a1d5662 | 2009-08-19 01:27:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4871 |                                              EnclosingContext, Loc, II, T, | 
 | 4872 |                                              DInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth); | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | 1d78cc4 | 2008-04-10 23:32:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4873 |    | 
| Douglas Gregor | 72de667 | 2009-01-08 20:45:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4874 |   if (II) { | 
| Douglas Gregor | 47b9a1c | 2009-02-04 17:27:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4875 |     NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupName(S, II, LookupMemberName, true); | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | 496b5a8 | 2009-06-05 18:16:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4876 |     if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S) | 
| Douglas Gregor | 72de667 | 2009-01-08 20:45:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4877 |         && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { | 
 | 4878 |       Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; | 
 | 4879 |       Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); | 
 | 4880 |       NewID->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 | 4881 |     } | 
 | 4882 |   } | 
 | 4883 |  | 
| Ted Kremenek | b8db21d | 2008-07-23 18:04:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4884 |   // Process attributes attached to the ivar. | 
| Douglas Gregor | 9cdda0c | 2009-06-17 21:51:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4885 |   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D); | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | 1d78cc4 | 2008-04-10 23:32:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4886 |    | 
| Chris Lattner | eaaebc7 | 2009-04-25 08:06:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4887 |   if (D.isInvalidType()) | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | 1d78cc4 | 2008-04-10 23:32:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4888 |     NewID->setInvalidDecl(); | 
| Ted Kremenek | b8db21d | 2008-07-23 18:04:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4889 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 72de667 | 2009-01-08 20:45:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4890 |   if (II) { | 
 | 4891 |     // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add | 
 | 4892 |     // these to the interface. | 
| Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4893 |     S->AddDecl(DeclPtrTy::make(NewID)); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 72de667 | 2009-01-08 20:45:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4894 |     IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID); | 
 | 4895 |   } | 
 | 4896 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4897 |   return DeclPtrTy::make(NewID); | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | 1d78cc4 | 2008-04-10 23:32:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4898 | } | 
 | 4899 |  | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | 9d048ff | 2007-09-29 00:54:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4900 | void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope* S, | 
| Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4901 |                        SourceLocation RecLoc, DeclPtrTy RecDecl, | 
 | 4902 |                        DeclPtrTy *Fields, unsigned NumFields, | 
| Daniel Dunbar | 1bfe1c2 | 2008-10-03 02:03:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4903 |                        SourceLocation LBrac, SourceLocation RBrac, | 
| Daniel Dunbar | 7d07664 | 2008-10-03 17:33:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4904 |                        AttributeList *Attr) { | 
| Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4905 |   Decl *EnclosingDecl = RecDecl.getAs<Decl>(); | 
| Steve Naroff | 7421664 | 2007-09-14 22:20:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4906 |   assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl"); | 
| Chris Lattner | 1829a6d | 2009-02-23 22:00:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4907 |    | 
 | 4908 |   // If the decl this is being inserted into is invalid, then it may be a | 
 | 4909 |   // redeclaration or some other bogus case.  Don't try to add fields to it. | 
 | 4910 |   if (EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { | 
 | 4911 |     // FIXME: Deallocate fields? | 
 | 4912 |     return; | 
 | 4913 |   } | 
 | 4914 |  | 
| Steve Naroff | 7421664 | 2007-09-14 22:20:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4915 |    | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4916 |   // Verify that all the fields are okay. | 
 | 4917 |   unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0; | 
 | 4918 |   llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields; | 
| Douglas Gregor | 6b3945f | 2009-01-07 19:46:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4919 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 1829a6d | 2009-02-23 22:00:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4920 |   RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl); | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4921 |   for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumFields; ++i) { | 
| Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4922 |     FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(Fields[i].getAs<Decl>()); | 
| Steve Naroff | 7421664 | 2007-09-14 22:20:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4923 |      | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4924 |     // Get the type for the field. | 
| Chris Lattner | 02c642e | 2007-07-31 21:33:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4925 |     Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr(); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 6b3945f | 2009-01-07 19:46:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4926 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 72de667 | 2009-01-08 20:45:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4927 |     if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) { | 
| Douglas Gregor | 6b3945f | 2009-01-07 19:46:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4928 |       // Remember all fields written by the user. | 
 | 4929 |       RecFields.push_back(FD); | 
 | 4930 |     } | 
| Chris Lattner | 2479366 | 2009-03-05 22:45:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4931 |      | 
 | 4932 |     // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more | 
 | 4933 |     // diagnostics about it. | 
 | 4934 |     if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) | 
 | 4935 |       continue; | 
| Steve Naroff | f13271f | 2007-09-14 23:09:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4936 |        | 
| Douglas Gregor | e7450f5 | 2009-03-24 19:52:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4937 |     // C99 6.7.2.1p2: | 
 | 4938 |     //   A structure or union shall not contain a member with | 
 | 4939 |     //   incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not | 
 | 4940 |     //   contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to | 
 | 4941 |     //   an instance of itself), except that the last member of a | 
 | 4942 |     //   structure with more than one named member may have incomplete | 
 | 4943 |     //   array type; such a structure (and any union containing, | 
 | 4944 |     //   possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure) | 
 | 4945 |     //   shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an | 
 | 4946 |     //   array. | 
| Chris Lattner | 02c642e | 2007-07-31 21:33:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4947 |     if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) { | 
| Douglas Gregor | e7450f5 | 2009-03-24 19:52:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4948 |       // Field declared as a function. | 
| Chris Lattner | f3a41af | 2008-11-20 06:38:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4949 |       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function) | 
| Chris Lattner | d9d22dd | 2008-11-24 05:29:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4950 |         << FD->getDeclName(); | 
| Steve Naroff | 7421664 | 2007-09-14 22:20:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4951 |       FD->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 | 4952 |       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4953 |       continue; | 
| Douglas Gregor | e7450f5 | 2009-03-24 19:52:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4954 |     } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && i == NumFields - 1 && | 
 | 4955 |                Record && Record->isStruct()) { | 
 | 4956 |       // Flexible array member. | 
 | 4957 |       if (NumNamedMembers < 1) { | 
| Chris Lattner | f3a41af | 2008-11-20 06:38:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4958 |         Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_empty_struct) | 
| Chris Lattner | d9d22dd | 2008-11-24 05:29:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4959 |           << FD->getDeclName(); | 
| Steve Naroff | 7421664 | 2007-09-14 22:20:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4960 |         FD->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 | 4961 |         EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4962 |         continue; | 
 | 4963 |       } | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4964 |       // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct. | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | e267ab6 | 2007-09-14 16:27:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4965 |       if (Record) | 
 | 4966 |         Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); | 
| Douglas Gregor | e7450f5 | 2009-03-24 19:52:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4967 |     } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() && | 
 | 4968 |                RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(),  | 
 | 4969 |                                    diag::err_field_incomplete)) { | 
 | 4970 |       // Incomplete type | 
 | 4971 |       FD->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 | 4972 |       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 | 4973 |       continue; | 
| Ted Kremenek | 6217b80 | 2009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4974 |     } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4975 |       if (FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { | 
 | 4976 |         // If this is a member of a union, then entire union becomes "flexible". | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 39ba4ae | 2008-06-09 23:19:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4977 |         if (Record && Record->isUnion()) { | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4978 |           Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); | 
 | 4979 |         } else { | 
 | 4980 |           // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject | 
 | 4981 |           // it.  Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of | 
 | 4982 |           // structures. | 
| Douglas Gregor | e4f3e06 | 2009-03-06 23:41:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4983 |           if (i != NumFields-1) | 
 | 4984 |             Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct) | 
| Chris Lattner | 740782a | 2009-04-25 18:52:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4985 |               << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); | 
| Douglas Gregor | e4f3e06 | 2009-03-06 23:41:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4986 |           else { | 
 | 4987 |             // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in | 
 | 4988 |             // other structs as an extension. | 
 | 4989 |             Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct) | 
 | 4990 |               << FD->getDeclName(); | 
 | 4991 |             if (Record) | 
 | 4992 |               Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4993 |           } | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4994 |         } | 
 | 4995 |       } | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | 082b02e | 2009-07-08 01:18:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4996 |       if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) | 
 | 4997 |         Record->setHasObjectMember(true); | 
| Douglas Gregor | e7450f5 | 2009-03-24 19:52:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4998 |     } else if (FDTy->isObjCInterfaceType()) { | 
 | 4999 |       /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object | 
| Steve Naroff | ccef371 | 2009-02-20 22:59:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5000 |       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object); | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | e7f64cc | 2007-10-12 22:10:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5001 |       FD->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 | 5002 |       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); | 
 | 5003 |       continue; | 
| Mike Stump | ac5fc7c | 2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5004 |     } else if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && | 
 | 5005 |                getLangOptions().getGCMode() != LangOptions::NonGC && | 
 | 5006 |                Record && | 
 | 5007 |                (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() || | 
 | 5008 |                 FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong())) | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | 082b02e | 2009-07-08 01:18:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5009 |       Record->setHasObjectMember(true); | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5010 |     // Keep track of the number of named members. | 
| Douglas Gregor | 72de667 | 2009-01-08 20:45:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5011 |     if (FD->getIdentifier()) | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5012 |       ++NumNamedMembers; | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5013 |   } | 
| Sebastian Redl | 64b45f7 | 2009-01-05 20:52:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5014 |  | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5015 |   // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'. | 
| Chris Lattner | e1e7985 | 2008-02-06 00:51:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5016 |   if (Record) { | 
| Douglas Gregor | 44b4321 | 2008-12-11 16:49:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5017 |     Record->completeDefinition(Context); | 
| Chris Lattner | e1e7985 | 2008-02-06 00:51:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5018 |   } else { | 
| Jay Foad | beaaccd | 2009-05-21 09:52:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5019 |     ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields = | 
 | 5020 |       reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data()); | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | 60f8c86 | 2008-12-13 20:28:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5021 |     if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { | 
| Chris Lattner | 38af2de | 2009-02-20 21:35:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5022 |       ID->setIVarList(ClsFields, RecFields.size(), Context); | 
 | 5023 |       ID->setLocEnd(RBrac); | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | 496b5a8 | 2009-06-05 18:16:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5024 |       // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext. | 
 | 5025 |       for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { | 
 | 5026 |         ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID); | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 17945a0 | 2009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5027 |         ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | 496b5a8 | 2009-06-05 18:16:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5028 |       } | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | 3281eff | 2008-12-16 01:08:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5029 |       // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be | 
 | 5030 |       // duplicates. | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | 375d37c | 2008-12-17 22:21:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5031 |       if (ID->getSuperClass()) { | 
 | 5032 |         for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::ivar_iterator IVI = ID->ivar_begin(),  | 
 | 5033 |              IVE = ID->ivar_end(); IVI != IVE; ++IVI) { | 
 | 5034 |           ObjCIvarDecl* Ivar = (*IVI); | 
| Daniel Dunbar | ad04e67 | 2009-05-03 01:08:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5035 |  | 
 | 5036 |           if (IdentifierInfo *II = Ivar->getIdentifier()) { | 
 | 5037 |             ObjCIvarDecl* prevIvar = | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 17945a0 | 2009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5038 |               ID->getSuperClass()->lookupInstanceVariable(II); | 
| Daniel Dunbar | ad04e67 | 2009-05-03 01:08:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5039 |             if (prevIvar) { | 
 | 5040 |               Diag(Ivar->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; | 
 | 5041 |               Diag(prevIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); | 
 | 5042 |             } | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | 3281eff | 2008-12-16 01:08:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5043 |           } | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | 375d37c | 2008-12-17 22:21:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5044 |         } | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | 3281eff | 2008-12-16 01:08:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5045 |       } | 
| Chris Lattner | 1829a6d | 2009-02-23 22:00:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5046 |     } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl =  | 
 | 5047 |                   dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { | 
| Ted Kremenek | a526c5c | 2008-01-07 19:49:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5048 |       assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl"); | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | 496b5a8 | 2009-06-05 18:16:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5049 |       for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I) | 
 | 5050 |         // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation. | 
 | 5051 |         // Only it is in implementation's lexical context. | 
| Douglas Gregor | 8f36aba | 2009-04-23 03:23:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5052 |         ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl); | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | 3a3ca1b | 2007-10-31 18:48:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5053 |       CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac); | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | d0b90bf | 2007-09-26 18:27:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5054 |     } | 
| Fariborz Jahanian | b04a021 | 2007-09-14 21:08:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5055 |   } | 
| Daniel Dunbar | 7d07664 | 2008-10-03 17:33:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5056 |  | 
 | 5057 |   if (Attr) | 
| Douglas Gregor | 9cdda0c | 2009-06-17 21:51:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5058 |     ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attr); | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5059 | } | 
 | 5060 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 879fd49 | 2009-03-17 19:05:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5061 | EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, | 
 | 5062 |                                           EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, | 
 | 5063 |                                           SourceLocation IdLoc, | 
 | 5064 |                                           IdentifierInfo *Id, | 
 | 5065 |                                           ExprArg val) { | 
 | 5066 |   Expr *Val = (Expr *)val.get(); | 
 | 5067 |  | 
 | 5068 |   llvm::APSInt EnumVal(32); | 
 | 5069 |   QualType EltTy; | 
 | 5070 |   if (Val && !Val->isTypeDependent()) { | 
 | 5071 |     // Make sure to promote the operand type to int. | 
 | 5072 |     UsualUnaryConversions(Val); | 
 | 5073 |     if (Val != val.get()) { | 
 | 5074 |       val.release(); | 
 | 5075 |       val = Val; | 
 | 5076 |     } | 
 | 5077 |  | 
 | 5078 |     // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression. | 
 | 5079 |     SourceLocation ExpLoc; | 
 | 5080 |     if (!Val->isValueDependent() && | 
 | 5081 |         VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val, &EnumVal)) { | 
 | 5082 |       Val = 0; | 
 | 5083 |     } else { | 
 | 5084 |       EltTy = Val->getType(); | 
 | 5085 |     } | 
 | 5086 |   } | 
 | 5087 |    | 
 | 5088 |   if (!Val) { | 
 | 5089 |     if (LastEnumConst) { | 
 | 5090 |       // Assign the last value + 1. | 
 | 5091 |       EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); | 
 | 5092 |       ++EnumVal; | 
 | 5093 |  | 
 | 5094 |       // Check for overflow on increment. | 
 | 5095 |       if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) | 
 | 5096 |         Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow); | 
 | 5097 |        | 
 | 5098 |       EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType(); | 
 | 5099 |     } else { | 
 | 5100 |       // First value, set to zero. | 
 | 5101 |       EltTy = Context.IntTy; | 
 | 5102 |       EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(static_cast<uint32_t>(Context.getTypeSize(EltTy))); | 
 | 5103 |     } | 
 | 5104 |   } | 
 | 5105 |    | 
 | 5106 |   val.release(); | 
 | 5107 |   return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy, | 
 | 5108 |                                   Val, EnumVal);   | 
 | 5109 | } | 
 | 5110 |  | 
 | 5111 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5112 | Sema::DeclPtrTy Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, DeclPtrTy theEnumDecl, | 
 | 5113 |                                         DeclPtrTy lastEnumConst, | 
 | 5114 |                                         SourceLocation IdLoc, | 
 | 5115 |                                         IdentifierInfo *Id, | 
 | 5116 |                                         SourceLocation EqualLoc, ExprTy *val) { | 
 | 5117 |   EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl.getAs<Decl>()); | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5118 |   EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst = | 
| Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5119 |     cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst.getAs<Decl>()); | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5120 |   Expr *Val = static_cast<Expr*>(val); | 
 | 5121 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | 31e0572 | 2007-08-26 06:24:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5122 |   // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope.  Zip up the scope tree until | 
 | 5123 |   // we find one that is. | 
| Douglas Gregor | 1a0d31a | 2009-01-12 18:45:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5124 |   S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); | 
| Chris Lattner | 31e0572 | 2007-08-26 06:24:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5125 |    | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5126 |   // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this | 
 | 5127 |   // scope. | 
| Douglas Gregor | 47b9a1c | 2009-02-04 17:27:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5128 |   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupName(S, Id, LookupOrdinaryName); | 
| Douglas Gregor | f57172b | 2008-12-08 18:40:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5129 |   if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { | 
| Douglas Gregor | 72c3f31 | 2008-12-05 18:15:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5130 |     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. | 
 | 5131 |     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl); | 
 | 5132 |     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. | 
 | 5133 |     PrevDecl = 0; | 
 | 5134 |   } | 
 | 5135 |  | 
 | 5136 |   if (PrevDecl) { | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 0ff12f0 | 2008-07-16 21:01:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5137 |     // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the | 
 | 5138 |     // enum constant will 'hide' the tag. | 
 | 5139 |     assert((getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) && | 
 | 5140 |            "Received TagDecl when not in C++!"); | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 15a12d0 | 2008-09-09 21:18:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5141 |     if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S)) { | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5142 |       if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl)) | 
| Chris Lattner | 3c73c41 | 2008-11-19 08:23:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5143 |         Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id; | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5144 |       else | 
| Chris Lattner | 3c73c41 | 2008-11-19 08:23:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5145 |         Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id; | 
| Chris Lattner | 5f4a682 | 2008-11-23 23:12:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5146 |       Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); | 
| Chris Lattner | f306f86 | 2009-02-28 19:37:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5147 |       if (Val) Val->Destroy(Context); | 
| Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5148 |       return DeclPtrTy(); | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5149 |     } | 
 | 5150 |   } | 
 | 5151 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 879fd49 | 2009-03-17 19:05:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5152 |   EnumConstantDecl *New = CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, | 
 | 5153 |                                             IdLoc, Id, Owned(Val)); | 
| Chris Lattner | 421a23d | 2007-08-27 21:16:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5154 |  | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5155 |   // Register this decl in the current scope stack. | 
| Douglas Gregor | 879fd49 | 2009-03-17 19:05:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5156 |   if (New) | 
 | 5157 |     PushOnScopeChains(New, S); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 45579f5 | 2008-12-17 02:04:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5158 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5159 |   return DeclPtrTy::make(New); | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5160 | } | 
 | 5161 |  | 
| Mike Stump | c6e35aa | 2009-05-16 07:06:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5162 | void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, | 
 | 5163 |                          SourceLocation RBraceLoc, DeclPtrTy EnumDeclX, | 
| Edward O'Callaghan | fee1381 | 2009-08-08 14:36:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5164 |                          DeclPtrTy *Elements, unsigned NumElements, | 
 | 5165 |                          Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr) { | 
| Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5166 |   EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX.getAs<Decl>()); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 074149e | 2009-01-05 19:45:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5167 |   QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum); | 
| Edward O'Callaghan | fee1381 | 2009-08-08 14:36:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5168 |  | 
 | 5169 |   if (Attr) | 
 | 5170 |     ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attr); | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5171 |    | 
| Chris Lattner | e37f0be | 2007-08-28 05:10:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5172 |   // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long | 
 | 5173 |   // long value.  ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension, | 
 | 5174 |   // emit a warning. | 
| Chris Lattner | 98be494 | 2008-03-05 18:54:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5175 |   unsigned IntWidth = Context.Target.getIntWidth(); | 
| Edward O'Callaghan | fee1381 | 2009-08-08 14:36:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5176 |   unsigned CharWidth = Context.Target.getCharWidth(); | 
 | 5177 |   unsigned ShortWidth = Context.Target.getShortWidth(); | 
| Chris Lattner | e37f0be | 2007-08-28 05:10:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5178 |    | 
| Chris Lattner | ac60968 | 2007-08-28 06:15:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5179 |   // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and | 
 | 5180 |   // reverse the list. | 
 | 5181 |   unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0; | 
 | 5182 |   unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0; | 
 | 5183 |    | 
 | 5184 |   // Keep track of whether all elements have type int. | 
 | 5185 |   bool AllElementsInt = true; | 
 | 5186 |    | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5187 |   for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) { | 
 | 5188 |     EnumConstantDecl *ECD = | 
| Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5189 |       cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i].getAs<Decl>()); | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5190 |     if (!ECD) continue;  // Already issued a diagnostic. | 
| Chris Lattner | 211a30e | 2007-08-28 05:27:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5191 |      | 
 | 5192 |     // If the enum value doesn't fit in an int, emit an extension warning. | 
| Chris Lattner | 211a30e | 2007-08-28 05:27:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5193 |     const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); | 
| Chris Lattner | a73349d | 2008-02-26 00:33:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5194 |     assert(InitVal.getBitWidth() >= IntWidth && | 
 | 5195 |            "Should have promoted value to int"); | 
| Chris Lattner | 211a30e | 2007-08-28 05:27:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5196 |     if (InitVal.getBitWidth() > IntWidth) { | 
 | 5197 |       llvm::APSInt V(InitVal); | 
 | 5198 |       V.trunc(IntWidth); | 
 | 5199 |       V.extend(InitVal.getBitWidth()); | 
 | 5200 |       if (V != InitVal) | 
| Chris Lattner | f3a41af | 2008-11-20 06:38:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5201 |         Diag(ECD->getLocation(), diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) | 
 | 5202 |           << InitVal.toString(10); | 
| Chris Lattner | 211a30e | 2007-08-28 05:27:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5203 |     } | 
| Chris Lattner | ac60968 | 2007-08-28 06:15:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5204 |      | 
 | 5205 |     // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values. | 
| Chris Lattner | a73349d | 2008-02-26 00:33:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5206 |     if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative()) | 
| Chris Lattner | 21dd821 | 2008-01-14 21:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5207 |       NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits, | 
 | 5208 |                                  (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits()); | 
| Chris Lattner | ac60968 | 2007-08-28 06:15:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5209 |     else | 
| Chris Lattner | 21dd821 | 2008-01-14 21:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5210 |       NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits, | 
 | 5211 |                                  (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits()); | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5212 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | ac60968 | 2007-08-28 06:15:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5213 |     // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon). | 
 | 5214 |     if (AllElementsInt) | 
 | 5215 |       AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy;  | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5216 |   } | 
 | 5217 |    | 
| Chris Lattner | ac60968 | 2007-08-28 06:15:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5218 |   // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum. | 
| Edward O'Callaghan | fee1381 | 2009-08-08 14:36:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5219 |   // FIXME: Support -fshort-enums. | 
| Chris Lattner | ac60968 | 2007-08-28 06:15:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5220 |   QualType BestType; | 
| Chris Lattner | b7f6e08 | 2007-08-29 17:31:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5221 |   unsigned BestWidth; | 
| Edward O'Callaghan | fee1381 | 2009-08-08 14:36:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5222 |  | 
 | 5223 |   bool Packed = Enum->getAttr<PackedAttr>() ? true : false; | 
 | 5224 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | ac60968 | 2007-08-28 06:15:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5225 |   if (NumNegativeBits) { | 
 | 5226 |     // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of  | 
 | 5227 |     // int/long/longlong) that fits. | 
| Edward O'Callaghan | fee1381 | 2009-08-08 14:36:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5228 |     // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. | 
 | 5229 |     if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) { | 
 | 5230 |         BestType = Context.SignedCharTy; | 
 | 5231 |         BestWidth = CharWidth; | 
 | 5232 |     } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth &&  | 
 | 5233 |                NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) { | 
 | 5234 |         BestType = Context.ShortTy; | 
 | 5235 |         BestWidth = ShortWidth; | 
 | 5236 |     } | 
 | 5237 |     else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) { | 
| Chris Lattner | ac60968 | 2007-08-28 06:15:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5238 |       BestType = Context.IntTy; | 
| Chris Lattner | b7f6e08 | 2007-08-29 17:31:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5239 |       BestWidth = IntWidth; | 
 | 5240 |     } else { | 
| Chris Lattner | 98be494 | 2008-03-05 18:54:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5241 |       BestWidth = Context.Target.getLongWidth(); | 
| Ted Kremenek | 9c728dc | 2007-12-12 22:39:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5242 |        | 
| Chris Lattner | b7f6e08 | 2007-08-29 17:31:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5243 |       if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) | 
| Chris Lattner | ac60968 | 2007-08-28 06:15:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5244 |         BestType = Context.LongTy; | 
 | 5245 |       else { | 
| Chris Lattner | 98be494 | 2008-03-05 18:54:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5246 |         BestWidth = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth(); | 
| Ted Kremenek | 9c728dc | 2007-12-12 22:39:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5247 |          | 
| Chris Lattner | b7f6e08 | 2007-08-29 17:31:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5248 |         if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth) | 
| Chris Lattner | ac60968 | 2007-08-28 06:15:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5249 |           Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::warn_enum_too_large); | 
 | 5250 |         BestType = Context.LongLongTy; | 
 | 5251 |       } | 
 | 5252 |     } | 
 | 5253 |   } else { | 
 | 5254 |     // If there is no negative value, figure out which of uint, ulong, ulonglong | 
 | 5255 |     // fits. | 
| Edward O'Callaghan | fee1381 | 2009-08-08 14:36:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5256 |     // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. | 
 | 5257 |     if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) { | 
 | 5258 |         BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy; | 
 | 5259 |         BestWidth = CharWidth; | 
 | 5260 |     } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) { | 
 | 5261 |         BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy; | 
 | 5262 |         BestWidth = ShortWidth; | 
 | 5263 |     } | 
 | 5264 |     else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) { | 
| Chris Lattner | ac60968 | 2007-08-28 06:15:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5265 |       BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy; | 
| Chris Lattner | b7f6e08 | 2007-08-29 17:31:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5266 |       BestWidth = IntWidth; | 
 | 5267 |     } else if (NumPositiveBits <= | 
| Chris Lattner | 98be494 | 2008-03-05 18:54:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5268 |                (BestWidth = Context.Target.getLongWidth())) { | 
| Chris Lattner | ac60968 | 2007-08-28 06:15:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5269 |       BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy; | 
| Chris Lattner | 98be494 | 2008-03-05 18:54:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5270 |     } else { | 
 | 5271 |       BestWidth = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth(); | 
| Chris Lattner | b7f6e08 | 2007-08-29 17:31:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5272 |       assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth && | 
| Chris Lattner | ac60968 | 2007-08-28 06:15:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5273 |              "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?"); | 
 | 5274 |       BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy; | 
 | 5275 |     } | 
 | 5276 |   } | 
 | 5277 |    | 
| Chris Lattner | b7f6e08 | 2007-08-29 17:31:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5278 |   // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match | 
 | 5279 |   // the type of the enum if needed. | 
 | 5280 |   for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) { | 
 | 5281 |     EnumConstantDecl *ECD = | 
| Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5282 |       cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i].getAs<Decl>()); | 
| Chris Lattner | b7f6e08 | 2007-08-29 17:31:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5283 |     if (!ECD) continue;  // Already issued a diagnostic. | 
 | 5284 |  | 
 | 5285 |     // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an | 
 | 5286 |     // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size.  If each | 
 | 5287 |     // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the | 
 | 5288 |     // same as the enumerator decl itself.  This means that in "enum { X = 1U }" | 
 | 5289 |     // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'. | 
| Chris Lattner | a73349d | 2008-02-26 00:33:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5290 |     if (ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy) { | 
 | 5291 |       // Make sure the init value is signed. | 
 | 5292 |       llvm::APSInt IV = ECD->getInitVal(); | 
 | 5293 |       IV.setIsSigned(true); | 
 | 5294 |       ECD->setInitVal(IV); | 
| Douglas Gregor | c9467cf | 2008-12-12 02:00:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5295 |  | 
 | 5296 |       if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) | 
 | 5297 |         // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an | 
 | 5298 |         // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its | 
 | 5299 |         // enumeration.  | 
 | 5300 |         ECD->setType(EnumType); | 
| Chris Lattner | b7f6e08 | 2007-08-29 17:31:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5301 |       continue;  // Already int type. | 
| Chris Lattner | a73349d | 2008-02-26 00:33:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5302 |     } | 
| Chris Lattner | b7f6e08 | 2007-08-29 17:31:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5303 |  | 
 | 5304 |     // Determine whether the value fits into an int. | 
 | 5305 |     llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); | 
 | 5306 |     bool FitsInInt; | 
 | 5307 |     if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || !InitVal.isNegative()) | 
 | 5308 |       FitsInInt = InitVal.getActiveBits() < IntWidth; | 
 | 5309 |     else | 
 | 5310 |       FitsInInt = InitVal.getMinSignedBits() <= IntWidth; | 
 | 5311 |  | 
 | 5312 |     // If it fits into an integer type, force it.  Otherwise force it to match | 
 | 5313 |     // the enum decl type. | 
 | 5314 |     QualType NewTy; | 
 | 5315 |     unsigned NewWidth; | 
 | 5316 |     bool NewSign; | 
 | 5317 |     if (FitsInInt) { | 
 | 5318 |       NewTy = Context.IntTy; | 
 | 5319 |       NewWidth = IntWidth; | 
 | 5320 |       NewSign = true; | 
 | 5321 |     } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) { | 
 | 5322 |       // Already the right type! | 
| Douglas Gregor | c9467cf | 2008-12-12 02:00:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5323 |       if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) | 
 | 5324 |         // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an | 
 | 5325 |         // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its | 
 | 5326 |         // enumeration.  | 
 | 5327 |         ECD->setType(EnumType); | 
| Chris Lattner | b7f6e08 | 2007-08-29 17:31:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5328 |       continue; | 
 | 5329 |     } else { | 
 | 5330 |       NewTy = BestType; | 
 | 5331 |       NewWidth = BestWidth; | 
 | 5332 |       NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerType(); | 
 | 5333 |     } | 
 | 5334 |  | 
 | 5335 |     // Adjust the APSInt value. | 
 | 5336 |     InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth); | 
 | 5337 |     InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign); | 
 | 5338 |     ECD->setInitVal(InitVal); | 
 | 5339 |      | 
 | 5340 |     // Adjust the Expr initializer and type. | 
| Chris Lattner | 13fd416 | 2009-01-15 19:19:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5341 |     if (ECD->getInitExpr()) | 
| Anders Carlsson | cdef2b7 | 2009-07-31 00:48:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5342 |       ECD->setInitExpr(new (Context) ImplicitCastExpr(NewTy,  | 
 | 5343 |                                                       CastExpr::CK_Unknown,  | 
 | 5344 |                                                       ECD->getInitExpr(),  | 
| Ted Kremenek | 8189cde | 2009-02-07 01:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5345 |                                                       /*isLvalue=*/false)); | 
| Douglas Gregor | c9467cf | 2008-12-12 02:00:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5346 |     if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) | 
 | 5347 |       // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an | 
 | 5348 |       // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its | 
 | 5349 |       // enumeration.  | 
 | 5350 |       ECD->setType(EnumType); | 
 | 5351 |     else | 
 | 5352 |       ECD->setType(NewTy); | 
| Chris Lattner | b7f6e08 | 2007-08-29 17:31:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5353 |   } | 
| Chris Lattner | ac60968 | 2007-08-28 06:15:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5354 |    | 
| Douglas Gregor | 44b4321 | 2008-12-11 16:49:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5355 |   Enum->completeDefinition(Context, BestType); | 
| Reid Spencer | 5f016e2 | 2007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5356 | } | 
 | 5357 |  | 
| Chris Lattner | b28317a | 2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5358 | Sema::DeclPtrTy Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(SourceLocation Loc, | 
 | 5359 |                                             ExprArg expr) { | 
| Anders Carlsson | f1b1d59 | 2009-05-01 19:30:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5360 |   StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr.takeAs<Expr>()); | 
| Sebastian Redl | 798d119 | 2008-12-13 16:23:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5361 |  | 
| Douglas Gregor | 4fe0c8e | 2009-05-30 00:08:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5362 |   FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, | 
 | 5363 |                                                    Loc, AsmString); | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 17945a0 | 2009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5364 |   CurContext->addDecl(New); | 
| Douglas Gregor | 4fe0c8e | 2009-05-30 00:08:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5365 |   return DeclPtrTy::make(New); | 
| Anders Carlsson | dfab6cb | 2008-02-08 00:33:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5366 | } | 
| Eli Friedman | c49f19b | 2009-06-05 02:44:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5367 |  | 
 | 5368 | void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name, | 
 | 5369 |                              SourceLocation PragmaLoc, | 
 | 5370 |                              SourceLocation NameLoc) { | 
 | 5371 |   Decl *PrevDecl = LookupName(TUScope, Name, LookupOrdinaryName); | 
 | 5372 |  | 
| Eli Friedman | c49f19b | 2009-06-05 02:44:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5373 |   if (PrevDecl) { | 
| Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 40b598e | 2009-06-30 02:34:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5374 |     PrevDecl->addAttr(::new (Context) WeakAttr()); | 
| Ryan Flynn | e25ff83 | 2009-07-30 03:15:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5375 |   } else { | 
 | 5376 |     (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( | 
 | 5377 |       std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> | 
 | 5378 |         (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)0, NameLoc))); | 
| Eli Friedman | c49f19b | 2009-06-05 02:44:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5379 |   } | 
| Eli Friedman | c49f19b | 2009-06-05 02:44:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5380 | } | 
 | 5381 |  | 
 | 5382 | void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name, | 
 | 5383 |                                 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, | 
 | 5384 |                                 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, | 
 | 5385 |                                 SourceLocation NameLoc, | 
 | 5386 |                                 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { | 
| Ryan Flynn | e25ff83 | 2009-07-30 03:15:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5387 |   Decl *PrevDecl = LookupName(TUScope, AliasName, LookupOrdinaryName); | 
 | 5388 |   WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc); | 
| Eli Friedman | c49f19b | 2009-06-05 02:44:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5389 |  | 
| Eli Friedman | c49f19b | 2009-06-05 02:44:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5390 |   if (PrevDecl) { | 
| Ryan Flynn | e25ff83 | 2009-07-30 03:15:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5391 |     if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) | 
 | 5392 |       if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl)) | 
| Ryan Flynn | 7b1fdbd | 2009-07-31 02:52:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5393 |         DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W); | 
| Ryan Flynn | e25ff83 | 2009-07-30 03:15:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5394 |   } else { | 
 | 5395 |     (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( | 
 | 5396 |       std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W)); | 
| Eli Friedman | c49f19b | 2009-06-05 02:44:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5397 |   } | 
| Eli Friedman | c49f19b | 2009-06-05 02:44:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5398 | } |